7559 lines
252 KiB
Plaintext
7559 lines
252 KiB
Plaintext
VOLUME
|
||
5
|
||
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
||
COMMENTARY VRIL CONNECTION ANTONIO MEUCCI
|
||
|
||
; ·- - :~J.~~r-.:~~~-~~
|
||
·=.·. ;'.~~~~:.:::': ·. ·...
|
||
...... . "'~....,. .~.,f:s'; •
|
||
. "': ,· ; .~it.-·~·_,... . . ~···
|
||
•.
|
||
|
||
...
|
||
~
|
||
. . ..,_d..~ .
|
||
~
|
||
SECTION
|
||
1 ·.
|
||
COMMENTARY
|
||
|
||
Mr.Anthony De Nonno Cinematographer, Artist, and Friend
|
||
Through Whose Private Files We Were Able To Obtain Information
|
||
As Concerns SR. ANTONIO MEUCCI With Special Thanks To Mrs. Theresa Cappicci Whose Kind Services Made Further Retrieval Of Meucci Documents Possible
|
||
AND WITH ESPECIAL MENTION THE LATE HONORABLE MR. JOHN LA CORTE OF · THE AMERICAN-ITALIAN HISTORICAL SOCIETY Whose friendship I had but for a brief moment Whose gallant life's work affirms
|
||
SR. ANTONIO MEUCCI DISCOVERER OF PHYSIOPHONY THE TRUE INVENTOR OF TELEPHONY THE TRUE FATHER OF wm.ELESS COMMUNICATIONS, DmECTIONAL RANGE-FINDING UNPOWERED VOCAL COMMUNICATIONS
|
||
FERRITES (1847)
|
||
IT IS NECESSARY TO GIVE JUST THANKS TO
|
||
M. Nese, G. Schiavo, and F. Nicotra For Textual Retrievals of the Meucci Court Proceedings, Meucci Diary Extracts, Personal Files, Models, and Photographic History
|
||
|
||
Vril Sdence studies eidetic meaningful communion. Vril Sci-
|
||
ence examines communal transactions of meaningful content. Meaning and validity are the central attributes of the Vril Worlds. Meaning is fulfilled during Vril eidetic world transactions. Vril meaningful contact collimates, expands, and greatly intensifies V ril auric striations.
|
||
Primitive sensory examinations of inertial detrital haloes indicate that inertial portions are contractile during V ril transactions.lnertio-auric haloes ofotheiS contract and luminate intensely during Vril transactions with partidpants and communicants. V ril auric impacts in inertial space produces densiftcations and luminous condensations.
|
||
Vril activated aurae enlarge, modify, inflect, and permute innate Vril states. Vril contact envelopes partidpants. V ril thread eidetic contact is true and complete sensory experience. Vril conduction through the neurology enables viscera-eidetic experiential transaction.
|
||
Artificially activated aurae engage Vril densifications and expansions. Vril impacts aeate inertial entourage devoid of potential meaningful eidetic transaction. Displays incapable of engaging V ril communions are inertial Inertial space is a
|
||
|
||
resistive prindple possessed oflimited active extent and reach. Vril responds to humanly arranged inertial intenuptions for greater purpose. This Vril Law ofsustenance is not mechanistic in action. Vril is peiSonable.
|
||
Inertial technology forces Vril aurae to expand and contract. Vril intent matches and surpasses inertial presence to preserve organismic regional integrity. Native Vril states exceed all inertial empowerment. Vril insensate threads are sensed as prickling sensations when contact is not well-designed.
|
||
Mechanism does not enjoin meaningful experience. Vril is the energetic holistic presence which engages redpients in transfonningexperience. V ril threads entersynapses ofganglial centres in organisms directly. Vril viscera-eidetic transactions exceed inertial sensory impressments.
|
||
Objects and organisms conduct Vril striations. Aurae are Vril striated spaces. Acoustic exchange is fundamental auric exchange. Inertial entourage in air is minimal Magnetic transactors give intensified viscera-eidetic transaction when aurically stimulated via vocal utterance.
|
||
Human expressions are auric expressions in absence of
|
||
|
||
acoustic impulses. Vril undulations occurs am~ngstriations vi1l · organism. Not all elements and materials are humanly Vril
|
||
|
||
Vril quality inflections; not through densmcations and rarefac- conductive in the organism.
|
||
|
||
tions. Vril modulations are not mechamstic in nature. Vril
|
||
|
||
Vril tonal objects bring auri-acoustic Vril Eidetics. The
|
||
|
||
densmcations permit richer contact with transacting communi- human organism is sensitive to these regionally ringingsounds.
|
||
|
||
cants.
|
||
|
||
Art objects ofspecific material bringVril Eidetics into enclosed
|
||
|
||
The frictive attributes of specitlc minerals and metals is a volumes ofspace. Vril Eidetics alter and modify the fundamen-
|
||
|
||
result of the proportion between organismic vril conductivity tal experiential tone of a building.
|
||
|
||
and inertial resistivity. Certain minerals and metals (during
|
||
|
||
Certain persons are highly Vril conductive and summon
|
||
|
||
specific seasons) manifest auri-plasmic frictive effects in excess surrounding minds into their activities. Certain persons can
|
||
|
||
of mechano-frictive effects.Frlction is the result ofVril inertial sense Vril Eldetics with great precision. These individuals are
|
||
|
||
interactions.
|
||
|
||
able to spontaneously select harmonies, tones, and pitches,
|
||
|
||
The true intelligence of the universe is experiential: vis- melodies, phrases, and metaphors with inevitable accuracy. ceral and eidetic intelligence flood all materials. Contacts with These codes and signals match the carved space whose eid~c
|
||
|
||
matter is contact with the distributed intelligence ofVril space. node draws them.
|
||
|
||
Furtive material contacts transact lasting eidetic impressions.
|
||
|
||
Pitch is a humanly valuable term which describes space-
|
||
|
||
Short interrupted contacts deposit eidetic traces which are experience. Pitches are found to describe very defined spatial
|
||
|
||
largelyignored. The universe ofmatteris an available continual directions. Pitch Jines are locale-speciftc. Pitch Jines correspond
|
||
|
||
transaction with Vrll itself. Bright "clear sight" pathways are with ray Jines in the environment. Higher pitches verge toward found just above the ground surface. Leylines are white- space. Lower pitches verge toward the ground directly. Mid-
|
||
|
||
sheathed Vril threads. Vrll aerial routes may be mapped. range pitches often assume lateral and angularorientations with Persistent Vrll display sites mark permanent Vrll connections respect to the stratiftcation of earth and sky.
|
||
|
||
among insensate transactive space.
|
||
|
||
Hand held tuning forks may be used in wandlike manner
|
||
|
||
Vril generates the manifestations of eidetic node. Vril is to determine experientialspatialaystallography.Vril threadways
|
||
|
||
pure consdousness. Vrll is pure experience. Vril is revelation, are determined through human organismic sensitivity. Vril
|
||
|
||
eidetic content, and vision. Vrilgives distantrapport and exotic maps are constructed via hand held Vril wands of specially
|
||
|
||
experiences of unknown Vril Eidetics. V ril gives comprehen- configured materials. Crystallographic axes ofspace determm.e
|
||
|
||
sion and understanding. Vril alters recipients to enter greater experiential entrance and passage. Ideations proceed along
|
||
|
||
Vril Eidetics.
|
||
|
||
locally fixed axes.
|
||
|
||
Vril threads appear glowing black. Vril threads flood
|
||
|
||
Pitches create complex Vril reactions. Pitches are pro-
|
||
|
||
space. Vril threads radiate experientialspace. V ril threads enter jected eidetic transactions of struck materials. Projected pitch
|
||
|
||
synapses of ganglial centres in organisms directly. The Vril eidetic transactions gtve tonal experience, eidetic content, and
|
||
|
||
sensory system is the primary sensory mode of the human context. Pitches stimulate physico-inertial pulsed movements.
|
||
|
||
organism. Intuitions and visions are received directly into the The humanly valuable portions of these events are discerned
|
||
|
||
Vril sensory system.
|
||
|
||
with respect to effects on consdousness and experiential
|
||
|
||
Vril connectivity extends experience and consdousness sensation. Vril eidetic is experiential eidetic. Vril eidetic is not
|
||
|
||
into the extemai and permeating Vril-ganglia of the universe. the inertial eidetic of mere movement.
|
||
|
||
These are found distributed throughout the universe. One may
|
||
|
||
Suspended materials each measure specitlc Vril orienta-
|
||
|
||
connect with local Vril ganglia among the rocks and woods of tions. Suspended wandlike measuring devices alter orientation
|
||
|
||
near regions. One may interconnect despite the seemingly vast when humanly approached. Materials define spedftc Vril
|
||
|
||
distances of physical space. V ril Eidetics remove experiential indices inspace. Materials are generated, oriented, aystallJzed,
|
||
|
||
dimensions of distance.
|
||
|
||
and thrust upward through VriL
|
||
|
||
Ferruginous and carbonaceous substances concentrate
|
||
|
||
Pitch and material orientations may be measured. Such
|
||
|
||
and collimate the pure eidetic ofVril threads in an organismi- measurements reveal Vril distributions of space. Regions are
|
||
|
||
cally "soft" manner.
|
||
|
||
known and discerned by their attributes. Regional attributes
|
||
|
||
Atoms and particles are detrital discharge foci. They are intuitively delineates borders of consdous identity. Specific
|
||
|
||
found at sites where eidetic energy shears inertial space. materials may be used as wandlike tuners. Wandlike tuners
|
||
|
||
Particles appear when matter is impacted. The spheridty of indicate surface Vril thread directions which traverse and
|
||
|
||
inertia is manifested only with motional components. Naturally underlie locales.
|
||
|
||
appearing spheridties imply that expansive and contractile
|
||
|
||
Vril conductive experience is the very fundamental
|
||
|
||
impacts are occurring throughout space. Vibrating objects synaesthesic space of being. Objects which have been moved
|
||
|
||
exert Vril attractions into the human organism. Many non- and struck behave as special V ril transactors. Inertial dissolu-
|
||
|
||
acoustic sounds permeate the Vril environment. Human reac- tion is effected through the energy of the strike. The objects
|
||
|
||
tions to material arrangements were studied by the alchymysts then connect the human consdousness with Vril Eidetics.
|
||
|
||
and radionists. Inertial reactions without human regard were Materials conduct and relate Vril eidetics to operators. Materi-
|
||
|
||
studied by the inertialists. Ferruginous and carbonaceous als occupy spedfic Vril eidetics in which they were generated
|
||
|
||
materials may be stimulated to release humanly sensed condi- and remain sustained.
|
||
|
||
tions. Ferruginous matter is Vril conductive in the human
|
||
|
||
VRIL CONNECI10N Vril undulations are non-acoustic transactions and may be
|
||
experienced directly through neural systems (Gray, Meucci). Vril visceral sounds provoke the human organism into deep experiential responses. Vril sounds are meaning filled because they herald the arrival ofspecial and powerful deep Vril eidetic transactions. Visceral sensory experience exceed inertial sensory impressment. Viscera-eidetic sensory experience is meaningful, penetrating, sensually rich, holistically complete, and continuous.
|
||
Neural synapses are enjoined in the Vril thread continuum. Physical ganglia are apparent forms representative of more essential pure Vril organismic extensions and connectivities. In this sense organismic unity does not formally exist. Eidetic transactions with minerals and metals show the non-existence of mdividual organismic autonomy. Sped&c eidetic projector sites transact with such power that the eidetic experience often exceeds the apparent scene.
|
||
Elisha Graymade anmdependentre-discoveryofMeucci's physiophonywith frictive contacts. Inertially empowered glowing haloes expand Vril aureoles. Electrical activations irritate and expand aurae to inaease consciousness (Reichenbach, Stan-White, Tesla, Kilner).
|
||
Inaeased auric bltensities permitvastly expandedsentient transaction. Vril expands to match the irritation. Inaeased auric activity does not require electrical irritation. Extraordinary viscera-eidetic communications take place bl specific systems. Electric activity does not destroy the natural Vril transactivity of systems. The use of magnets requires vocal utterance for stimulating the eidetic content of the lodestone. Forced electr~impulses greatly expand the aura (fesla).Vril aurae are innately withdrawn and enfeebled as a result of inertial immersions.
|
||
Viscero-tonic effects of Vril capacitors are notable. Such actions are strongly implied bl designs by Meucd, Rossetti, and Stubblefield The inclusion of electrical strain among com~ nents is not necessary yet provides intriguing insight into the manner in which Vril and inertia interact. Certain of Gray's designs required the curiously reduced frictive effects which eidetically transactive electrical stress produced in the organism.
|
||
Spark gaps are intense inertial white raysheath reactors. Ordinary electrical tensions are accompanied by a mild whitish inerti~ffiuence. Unidirectional high voltage pulses endraw white-inertial fibrils into the stressed area. Such stresses are dissolved; and the resulting black radiance which emerges in the swrounding volume of space is notably vitalizing. The black radiance is the presence of VriL Viscera-eidetic transactions take place in Vril blackness. Vril and inertia interact.
|
||
Static inertia is difficult to organismically penetrate. Moving inertia permits organismic ease of penetration by spacepermeating Vril. Electrical spark gaps pump inertial fibrils along their length. Fibrils which enter the spark-gap area are canied along the line and through their driving circuits as "charge". The anomalous appearance of"charge" in otherwise uncharged systems proves this action.
|
||
Wispy white inertial fibrils enter electrical stresses with no
|
||
|
||
original charge volume. These aeate the appearance of "sudden high charge volumes". Tesla noted this effect in Colorado. Such use of extreme electric stress alters human consciousness through specific Vril blteractions which result. Extraordinary deep eidetic perceptions of one's swrounding district are received when exposed to mild electricalstresses. Swrounding tracts of land are eidetically experienced "as from a height". ' When mild low tension shocks are Organismically applied inertial accretion and concentrations along the body discharge path becomes mobile.
|
||
The highlymterrupted electricalstresses produced through Lahovsky's spark-gaps allowed the dissolution and motivation ofinertia blto the spark-gap. Exposure to such sparb remov~ organismic rigidifted inertia by attracUng it forcibly. The sudden spaced feeling after receiving an electric shock is due to the surlldal removable of blertial with a resulting blae&Sed sensitivity to Vril eidetic trans.
|
||
Extraordinary deep eidetic perceptions ofone's S111Tounding district are received when exposed to mild electrical stresses. Swrounding tracts ofland are eidetically experienced "as from a height". When mild low tension shocks are organlsmically applied blertial accretion and concentrations along the body discharge path becomes mobile.
|
||
These actions were eiToneously called "electrical" because of certabl physiological sensations encountered when absorbing them. Vril may release inertial detritus (charges) bl the flesh because of absorbed inertial space.
|
||
Mesmer and GalvaDistudied frictions which existbetween protoplasm and special capacitors. Elisha Gray discovered the frictions which exist between the human organism and electrically charged surfaces. Tones were emanated from arrangements which enjobled hands and resonators. Gray blvestigated the behavior of transactive tones in end-terminated transmJs. sion lines. Gray developed Vril-gangJial transmitters. Empathic transmission among communicants is possible through transactive entunement of Vril signal threads.
|
||
The super-position of electric stresses alters friction (Gray).Moderate electric stresses reduce friction considerably by dissolving contact site inertia. Elisha Gray's organa-tonic systems powerfully transacted Vril eidetic experience. He examined the meaning-rich charge ofharmonics and harmonic sequences. Bells bl cathedrals are Vril resonators and capacitors even when not physically sounding.
|
||
Gray's ringer coils were proliftc Vril transactors. Gray utilized line-tones to stimulate Vril transactions. Tones alone are frequently capable ofsurreptiously and mysteriously transacting entire intent and messages from the transmitter site. By whatstrangemeans do we oftenknowwho is callingus...through the mere sounding of a telephone signal? Telegraph operators were able to know their station callers by tone; and identified fellow operaton by their "touch".
|
||
Gray's harmonic telegraphs are extremely sublime in concept and transactive ability. Tuning forks powerfully engage organismic Vril projections. Tones received engage recipients bl eidetic transactions. Elisha Gray is the man who most appreciated and developed the eidetic transactions transmitted through tones. His designs "rang" with meaning-rich
|
||
|
||
tones. Tones selected wereintuitivelydesignedforthepowerful tones which flood and resonated enclosures. They are pas-
|
||
|
||
stimulation of visceral ganglio-sensoiY centers.
|
||
|
||
sessed ofan ability to enhance organismic transaction withvery
|
||
|
||
There are inherent tones which ring out from every object fundamental eidetic worlds. These sounds make their appear-
|
||
|
||
as part and parcel of material existence in the Vril matrix. In ance after midnight {2-4 AM.). These sounds are heard with
|
||
|
||
absence of frictive contact or mechanical impulse all objects ears closed and are much louderwith ears closed than with ears
|
||
|
||
continuously ring in visceral-sensed harmonics. Objects repre- opened.
|
||
|
||
0
|
||
|
||
sent and transact tones with us. This is espedally true when
|
||
|
||
A remarkable reflex-period OCCUIS shortly after exposure
|
||
|
||
objects are ground-connected.
|
||
|
||
tophysiophonicmusic. Vriltransactsorganismichealingetlects
|
||
|
||
Sounds cany two distinctsignals: one a vis~detic one through discharges effected above the ground {lateral). These
|
||
|
||
and the other the acousto-inertial one.I.Jghts also perform the proceed along the Vril channel. The physiophony of Meucci
|
||
|
||
same function and we will discuss the design of"cymoscopes" and Gray have a physiologically beneficial action on partici-
|
||
|
||
in a future volume. It is not rare to watch a flickering light or pants.
|
||
|
||
television display and suddenly {repeatedly) receive an intui-
|
||
|
||
Organismic contacts with electrical negative teimiD8ls
|
||
|
||
tive thought which has nothing to do with the visual transmis- only occurs with vocal utterance. Musically pulsed negative
|
||
|
||
sion.
|
||
|
||
terminals magnify Vril vis~detic transactious. The expe-
|
||
|
||
Such tones become audible when transcendentVrilsurges lienee of musically modulated electric stresses through ·the
|
||
|
||
are monitored by organismic respouse. Telegraph poles be- body. Physiophony provides much more than audible sounds
|
||
|
||
cameespeciallyvibrantwithamysterlo~toneduringthenight. at the finger contacts. Vril eidetic transactioDS proceeds from
|
||
|
||
Observers reported these tones to arise "from the ground". upper space down; and bathes the partidpant in a column of
|
||
|
||
PoleswereconductingVriltransactiveenergieswithspace. The glowing black radiance. This vision resolves into a night-time
|
||
|
||
diurnal emergence of ringing tone is heard in every enclosure aerial view of one's immediate local beyond the walls. Aerial
|
||
|
||
just after midnight.
|
||
|
||
views of velvet black treetops are not uncommon. Eidetic
|
||
|
||
Vril enetgy is more visceral than acoustic in these designs. experience experiences views limited to the local Vril channel.
|
||
|
||
Patents which bridge the gap between telegraph sounders and
|
||
|
||
telephones (E.Gray) are notable VIii eidetic transactors.
|
||
|
||
ANTONIO MEUCCI
|
||
|
||
Tones trigger meaning-charged thought sequences. Em-
|
||
|
||
The actual remarkable ability of entraining organismic
|
||
|
||
pathic transmission is possible through tones alo~e. Gray's neurology to experience non-acoustic music and speech was
|
||
|
||
organ-pipe switch differentiator. Other resonator switches are the special realm ofAntonio Meucci. Antonio Meucd was the
|
||
|
||
notaQle (Gower). Specific incoming resonances triggered spe- true and original discoverer of physiophony in 1842.
|
||
|
||
ciftc switches. Such resonators permit meaningful exchanges
|
||
|
||
Vril Conduction is something we must learn more about.
|
||
|
||
with minimum code or use ofspeech in anomalous communi- It is deflnitely related to a group of phenomena discovered by
|
||
|
||
catious phenomena.
|
||
|
||
· Antonio Meucd in 1847; when dealing with contact communi-
|
||
|
||
Elisha Gray re-discovered the physiophony of Antonio catious. Sr.Meucd acddentally received a "nerve induction"
|
||
|
||
Meucci while working with charged metal surfaces and frictive signal through a long charged conductive wire which transmit-
|
||
|
||
contacts. Mr.Grays patents are numerous and signiftcant. We ted another man's voice. The transmitter was a simple copper
|
||
|
||
have several articles which mdicate the extensive use of these tongue-depressor used in a medical "shock coil" setup.
|
||
|
||
nerve-induction phenomena in early experiments with people
|
||
|
||
In 1847, Antonio Meucci discovered that high voltage
|
||
|
||
who are unable to hear. In many instances, the use of these electrical conductors could be used to transmit audible sounds
|
||
|
||
instruments enabled the deaf to releam the normal modes of ... without microphones or diaphragms! His transmitter and
|
||
|
||
speech.
|
||
|
||
receiver consisted of nothing more than 2 copper tongue-
|
||
|
||
Elisha Grey developed simple means for encoding termi- depressors and ground plates. Nevertheless with this anange-
|
||
|
||
nated lines with eidetic content-rich tones. Such organically ment {charged to a high potential) it was possible to clearly
|
||
|
||
developed tones were conducted in Vril-laden iron wires. "hear" and speak across 80 feet ofwire. These discoveries were
|
||
|
||
These tones suggested strongly empathic eidetic contents made in Havana, Cuba; before Mr.and Mrs. Meucd emigrated
|
||
|
||
despite their low density of articulated code. Organic tones to the United States.
|
||
|
||
suggested tantalizing eidetic contents to those who engaged
|
||
|
||
Meucd's great discovery paves the way for viscera-eidetic
|
||
|
||
them. VIii eidetic contents surge through the ground andspace. {empathic) transmissionsystems. The Meucci caveatis the very
|
||
|
||
VIii eidetic contents enter tones and thread their way through first of its kind I have discovered in the sdentific records. The
|
||
|
||
distances and VIii Eidetics to make passageways through us. means through which nerves can directly "speak" and "hear"
|
||
|
||
Materlals are not themselves the true source of sounds is a Vrillic phe~omenon. Meucci's later experiments in acoustic
|
||
|
||
heard when their mass is struck. Objects receive and transfer telephony predates Bell by some 15 years, and was an early
|
||
|
||
Vril energies into the inertialized apparent world when struck. victim of corporate-suppression.
|
||
|
||
The apparent world is of itself dead. The strike momentarily
|
||
|
||
Meucd discovered the reality of transmitting eidetic con-
|
||
|
||
dissolves and suspend inertial rigor. Eidetic tones are then tent and acoustic code {audible words) without batteries. Vril
|
||
|
||
communicated by these into the experiential space.
|
||
|
||
power in the ground was used by Meucd to transmit through
|
||
|
||
Viscero-telluricsounds are manifestations produced through great distances. Meucd discovered the transactive power of
|
||
|
||
Vril eidetic transactious. These are spontaneous emergent magnets when secured with grounded terminals. Meucci
|
||
|
||
employed batteries ofmagnets in place ofelectrolytic batteries. ROssetti and others also dispensed with batteries entirely.
|
||
There were those who developed systems for verbal transmission alone. These designs magnified the acoustic signal Vril supplies viscera-eidetic contentirregardless. Metals are eidetic radiatom. Metals are potent eidetic radiatom when grounded. Galvani measured eidetic radiances through both human and animal organisms. Metals held in the opened mouth emit eidetic radiances which may be fell Meucd
|
||
discovered the empathic potenUal of a charged wire. Meucd
|
||
transmitted eideticmessages withoutthe use ofacousticartlftce.
|
||
The nerve force (shout) of the man was transmitted to Sr.
|
||
Meucd 80 feet away in another room. Meucd felt the shout in his body. The minor observation of an acoustic effect near the electrodewas developedintoanacousUctelephone. Physiophony Js the major discovexy of Meucd.
|
||
Antonio Meucd discovered that empathic transmission and eidetic transactions could be obtained through iron wire lines. Meucd's true, sensitive, and original genius recognized the signiftcance of such transaction. The true origin of physiophony and nerve-induction telephony point to Meucd as their inventor. Physiophony is the transmission ofmeaningful messages and eidetic experiences via nerve-induction.
|
||
Meucd re-designed his prinwy discovexy into the world's first audio telephonic system; and operated this system continuously for more than 20 yeaD before BelL Meucd's models were the world's first acoustic telephones. He developed several other astounding inventions in quick succession. VJsceral transactions include audible sounds. Meucd detected sounds in lines where none could have been.
|
||
Meucd was the one to discover that telephonic signals
|
||
could be transacted over single lines with ground-tenninated ends. He then dJscovered that it was possible to dispense with electricalpower entirelywhen usmgspeciflc designs employing fine copper bobbins would about lodestone. These discoveries were later duplicated by several other inventors.
|
||
In his effort to improve this design, Meucd developed what later became known as ferrltes. HJs use ofexceedingly fine
|
||
iron oxides were mixed with other minerals and metals (manganese, carbon). These proved to powerfully increase the clarity and powerofnon-electricallytransactedmessages through great distances.
|
||
Meucd was the very first to suggest and experiment with the possibility of trans-oceanic communication wirelessly. His plan included conduction plates which transacted signals through sea water directly. Placed at speciftc stations, Meucd experimented with both single ocean-immersion plates and double immemed plate-transactom in these early proposals with success. Symmetries used involved opened and closed parallel plates of various metals (similar and dissimilar).
|
||
He was the very first to suggest that contact between the English and North American coast be attempted; there being no theoretical limit to signals which were impulsed through the conductive medium ofsea water. Spedalgeomanticregard was to be carefully taken when establJshing the stations themselves. Launching the impulses out across the sea required geological precision.
|
||
|
||
The observation of dark Vril channels across the sea has been a subject of much curiosity since the days of Marconi (E.Dollard, T.Brown). Experiments have shown that zinc configurations (rods ensheathed by zinc wrappings) project excessively intense viscerally sensed collimated beams (abdominal) when water immersed. These configurations have actually released signiftcant sensate heat-flux across a volume ofspace. This beam ofviscerally sensed energy increased with increasing distance and became sharply collimated when salt was added to the water. The opera.uon of Meucd's designs were Vrll transactive. Vril transactivity determines the "electrical activity" of systems.
|
||
Meucd desaibed experiments inwhichwireless undeiiea telephonic communications could be establJshed. ExperimentS were desaibed with this concept in mind. Divers were to~ be equipped with small aerlal-electrodes. Similar correspondent aerial-electrodes were immersed at the sea-surface with resulting vocal exchange made possible. .
|
||
Meucd desaibed experiments which were designed to enable ocean-going vessels to detect and range distantly moving ships. This design was also made to enable sea-
|
||
travellers the ability to discern shorelines. Sea communication
|
||
between ships and shore were all described and demonstrated through conduction telephony.
|
||
Meucd was the Vel)' first to develop both empathic and acoustic telephony butin empathic telephonywe find Meucd's greatest and mostgrand achievement. Tesla would later allude to these very developments.
|
||
Bell (working in the New York Telegraph Company) stumbled on the Meucd models which were given to the companyfor examinationsome years earlier. Meucd delivered these working models so that the Telegraph Exchange might develop them into an industry. The models were portions of modekeries which Meucd had been continuously developing through the decades since his initial discoveiy ofphysiophony. In laying claim to hJs true and original discoveiy Antonio Meucd realized himself part of the company of discoverers which included Gray and Reis. Meucd recognized the entire significance of the court proceedings. He deliberated in order to irritate the paid court. Meucd calmly and dispassionately rode out his claim for the sake of the historical record, himself confident and sure that "the invention belongs to me...nothing
|
||
can dissuade my knowledge ol this fact". Examination of the proceedings reveals the outrageously mocking treatment ofthis
|
||
"immigrant" by the court. The all too frequent discoveiy and rediscovery of sense
|
||
transmission through nerve induction was known from the time that Meucd discovered its prindple of action in 1847. Others would follow along in pulse after pulse of similarly amazing such discoveries. All ofthese discoveries involved the instantaneous transfer ofpsychic energies (emotive and mental) across great distances. These frequently would involve the astoundingly simplJstic artifice of "single-wire transmission".
|
||
The pattern which Js observed in telephonic designs of Meucd, Rossetti, and Stubblefield involves the use of organic vocal energy to rmseVril thresholds. Organic energy is Vril
|
||
energy. The human organism conducts and directsVril through-
|
||
|
||
out its expressions of intent. Stimulating ground Vril with organically pennuted Vril threads heightened sufficient energy to make startling communications. Vril was the energy which provided the powerful transfer of intent through great distances.
|
||
The absence of electrical power sources did not interfere with the powerful transmission ofmessage and eidetic content despite great distances. In certain instances the bilocational experience, distantviewing, and empathic communion among conversants is eiiected through ground connedious. These are not electrical phenomena. Such eiiects would later be invesUgated bylaterresearcheiS (Tesla, Mwgas, Shoemaker,Abrams, Drown, Hieronymus, Moray and others) when examining distant intelligence, diagnostics, and location. Bilocattonal rapport was one pre-eminent feature which numerous early
|
||
wireless (crystal) researchers mentioned.
|
||
In several telephonic patents we see the use of isolated perJIWlentmagnets as Vrilreactorsites. Dr.AG.Bellfound that permanent magnets and iron diaphragms did not provide powerful enoughsignalstrength to transmit through evensmall distances with electrical power. Meucd discovered that lodestones and special feJTUginous powders of exceeding fineness could produce telephonic transmissions of exceptional clarity in absence of power sources twenty yean before Bell. The nature of the ground connection was the key toward rediscovering Vril Technology.
|
||
Clarity of signal requires presence of eidetic content. Several of these devices gave reportedly better response to code (acoustics). Others gave betterresponse to eidetic content. Acousticalsignalsrepresenteideticemanatious. Humanspeech is eidetic undulation. The detrital products of such expression is measured as pressure waves. Code without eidetic content is not communication.
|
||
Telephonic devices responded to eidetic presence and eidetic unduiatious. The mere presence ofa sentient organism causes these to respond One "knows" that someone is "on the other end" in the utter absence ofsound. Speech and human expression is aVril phenomenon. Telephone receivers mediate several orders ofeidetic interaction and transmit eidetic intent. Telephone receivers and transmitters conductVril continually.
|
||
V ril maintains conductive communion with seusitives through telephone lines in absence ofhuman use. Vril empowers these superior eidetic transmitters in providing access to
|
||
redpients. Other researchers had (falteringly) taken the chal-
|
||
lenge of developing Vril Communication Technology for eidetic transmission. These doOJways yet remain wide and opened for you to seek out. The Bell Telephone Company absolutely vilified Mr.Meucd, Mr.Gray, and Mr.Reis for their startling claims of prior discovery. Mr.Meucd (an immigrant) held a prior caveat (1871) to the acoustic telephone; though having actually employed the use of both forms (nerve and acoustic} for conversations between himself and his ailing wife at least a decade before this date.
|
||
Through the use of legislative manipulation, bureaucratic stone-walling, and financial momentum, these true and noble pioneers weresystematicallyeliminated from the publicrecord.
|
||
Mesmer and Galvani studied frictions which exist between
|
||
|
||
protoplasm and special capacitors. Elisha Grey discovered the frlctious which exist between the human organism and electrically charged surfaces. Tones were emanated from arrangements which enjoined hands and resonators. Grey investigated the behavior of transactive tones in end-tennmated transmission lines. Grey developed Vri1-ga.ngJial transmitters. Empathic transmission among communicants is possible through transactive entunement ofVril signal threads.
|
||
Spedal materials permit differentiation, conductive passage, and experientialtranslationintoVrilEidetics. Vril threads enter synapses of gangl1al centres in organisms directly. The Vril seusory system is the primary seusory mode of the human organism. Intuitions and visions are received directly into the Vril seusory system. Vril connectivity extends experience and coDSCiousness into the external and permeatingVril-ganglia. of the UDiverse. These are found distributed throughout the UDiverse. One may connect with local Vril ganglia among the rocks and woods ofnear regions. One may interconnectdespite the seemingly vast distances of physical space. Vril Eidetics remove experiential dimensions of distance.
|
||
Code and eidetic content are two separate entities. telegraphy makes extensive use of code. Telegraphic systems were empirically developed to maintain the comprehensive flow of eidetic content despite the reliance on impulses. Telegraphy is an unnatural form of communication. Telegraphy is a case study for discerning differences between code (signal) and eideUc content.
|
||
The true purpose and function ofeveryVrilTechnological component is to transmit modified consciousness in human operators. Vril Science studies Vril and its potentials in order to co~te knowledge of Vril reactivities.
|
||
The pattern which is observed in telephonic desigDs of Meucd, Rossetti, and Stubblefteld involves the use of organic
|
||
vocal energy to raiseVril thresholds. Organic enezgy is Vril energy. The humanorganism conducts and directsVril through-
|
||
out its expressions of intent. Stimulating ground Vril with organically permuted Vril threads heightened sufficientenmgy to make startling communications. Vril was the enezgy which provided the powerful transfer of intent through great distances.
|
||
The absence of electrical power sources did not interfere with the powerful transmission of message and eidetic content despite great distances. In certain instances the bilocational experience, distantviewing, and empathic communion among conversants is eiiected through ground connectious. These are not electrical phenomena. Such effects would later be investigated bylater researchers (Tesla, Mwgas, Shoemaker,Abrams, Drown, Hieronymus, Moray and others) when examining distant intelligence, diagnostics, and location. Bilocational rapport was o~e pre-eminent feature which numerous early wireless {aystal) researchers mentioned. In several telephonic patents we see the use of isolated permanent magnets as Vril reactor sites. Dr. AG.Bell found that permanent magnets and iron diaphragms did not provide powerful enough signal strength to transmit through evensmall distances with electrical power. Meucd discovered that lodestones and spedal ferruginous powders ofexceeding fineness could produce telephonic
|
||
|
||
..
|
||
transmissions ofexceptional clariqrin absence ofpowersources
|
||
|
||
twenty years before Bell The nature ofthe ground connection
|
||
|
||
was the key toward re-discovering Vril Technology.
|
||
|
||
Meucd discovered the realiqr of transmitting eidetic con-
|
||
|
||
tent and acoustic code (audible words) without batteries. Vril
|
||
|
||
power in the ground was used by Meucd to transmit through
|
||
|
||
great distances. Meucd discovered the transacUve power of magnets when secured with grounded terminals. Meucd
|
||
|
||
'
|
||
|
||
employed batteries ofmagnets in place ofelectrolytic batteries.
|
||
|
||
Rossetti and others also later dispensed with batteries entirely.
|
||
|
||
There were those who developed systems for verbal transmis-
|
||
|
||
sion.
|
||
|
||
Meucd developed the art ofcreating excessively powerful
|
||
|
||
auric tra.nsacton with magnetic powden of extreme fineness.
|
||
|
||
Meucd discovered that the addition ofothermaterial powden
|
||
|
||
could increase the magnetic densiqr of lodestone. Meucd
|
||
|
||
developed and experimented with wireless undersea commu-
|
||
|
||
nications. Meucd was the very ftrst to suggest that wireless sea
|
||
|
||
communications be established between Europe and America.
|
||
|
||
Meucd desaibes experiments which tested his sea-ranging
|
||
|
||
and detection apparatus on behalf of distant ocean-going
|
||
|
||
vessels.
|
||
|
||
His importance cannot be under-rated. His achievements
|
||
|
||
can never be ignored. Antonio Meucd stands a giant in the
|
||
|
||
world of invention and discovery. The kind eyes and gentle
|
||
|
||
manner speak to us a world of restful and quiet dignity.
|
||
|
||
SECTION
|
||
1 -
|
||
- COMMENTARY
|
||
|
||
SECTION 2
|
||
VRIL
|
||
CONNECTION
|
||
|
||
£. ·a R-AY.
|
||
|
||
2 Sheets·· Sheet 1.
|
||
|
||
EIa ct rIc Tale g rap b for Tr a as mItt Ia g Ius i ca I Ton as.
|
||
|
||
No. 166.096.
|
||
|
||
Patented July 27,1875.
|
||
|
||
~,.1
|
||
|
||
0
|
||
|
||
0
|
||
|
||
0
|
||
|
||
0
|
||
|
||
WITNESSES
|
||
|
||
INVENTOR.
|
||
|
||
~..a .. ·•••·
|
||
|
||
_a;. a e. a
|
||
|
||
e.a a
|
||
|
||
u
|
||
|
||
E. GRAY.
|
||
|
||
2 Sheets--Sheet 2.
|
||
|
||
EI 8 c t ric T 8 I 8 graph for Transmitting Music aI Ton 8 s.
|
||
|
||
No. 166,096.
|
||
|
||
Patented July 27,1875.
|
||
,
|
||
|
||
.c
|
||
|
||
~ ..
|
||
|
||
WITNESSES
|
||
. r.r.~J.~
|
||
./!:~. ~
|
||
|
||
~ ~ ~
|
||
|
||
I~VENTOR
|
||
~"~
|
||
..~
|
||
~ ~
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
\
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
uNITED. STATES pATENT OFFICE.
|
||
|
||
ELISHA GRAY, OF CHICAGO; ILLINOIS, ASSIGNOR O.F ONE-HALF HIS RIGHT TO SAl\'IUEL S. 'VHITE, OF PHILADELPHIA,· PENNSYLVANIA.
|
||
|
||
IMPROVEMENT IN ELECTRIC TELEGRAPHS FOR TRANSMITTING MUSICAL. TONES.
|
||
|
||
Sl•ecification (onning pnrt of Letters Patent No. 1'66,096, dated Jaly 2i, 1575; npt•licati~n fil9tl
|
||
|
||
·· ·- - · -
|
||
|
||
. ·
|
||
|
||
·
|
||
|
||
January 19, U:!75.
|
||
|
||
1
|
||
|
||
CASE 1~
|
||
|
||
To aU zuhom, it 1nay con.ce1•n:
|
||
|
||
a series of circuit-brcaket·s capable of pt·oduc-
|
||
|
||
De it known that I, ELISHA GR.!.Y, of Chi· ing musical tones of different pitch, .and a
|
||
|
||
cago, in the county of Cook and St-nte of Illi- series of keys for simultaneously or succesnois, have invented a new and useful Art of sively thr1owing the circuit-breakers into or
|
||
|
||
Transmitting 1\Iusical Impt·essions ot· Sounds out of operation, whereby several tones simul-
|
||
|
||
Telegraphically,as well ascertain new and use- taneously or successively may be transmitted
|
||
|
||
ful Improvements on Apparatus for so 'frans- through a single wire.
|
||
|
||
mitting such Impressions or Sounds; or which The subject-matter claimed will hereinafter
|
||
|
||
art and apparatus I hereby declare the follow· specifically be designated. ·
|
||
|
||
ing to be a fulJ, clear, and exact desc~iptiou.
|
||
|
||
In the accompanying drawings, Figure 1
|
||
|
||
l\lv invention relates to a novel art of t.rans· represents a plan or top ,·ie\\· of u. portion of
|
||
|
||
ruitting musicnl impressions or sounds tele· the transmitting apparatus. Fig. 2 is a front
|
||
|
||
graphically ; which i mprcssions or sounds may elevat.ion of the same, and Fig. 3 a diagram,
|
||
|
||
be utilized as signals for the transmission of showing an arrangement of parts aml circuits
|
||
|
||
intelligence.
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
which ad\·autageously may be employed in
|
||
|
||
1\Iy invention is based upon the well-known working my invention.
|
||
|
||
Jaw of acoustic., tbat bodies ,·ibrating with The transmitting apparatus is mounted, as
|
||
|
||
different 1·apiuity produce tones of different usual, U!>On a base-board, A. An induction·
|
||
|
||
pitch; a!!d upon my own discovery that snell coil, B, is provided with primm·y arul second·
|
||
|
||
vibrations can be t.rausmitted through a tele· ary helices ~f the usual coustl·uttion. A,. com·
|
||
|
||
graphic circuit anu· reproduced in a mnsicnl moo vibrating electrotome, C, having its cir-
|
||
|
||
tone or note of a pitch correSJlOnding with that cuit-breaking spring a of such length, thick-
|
||
|
||
originally transmitted, by including in the cir· ness, and adjustment that its viut·ation prQ-
|
||
|
||
cuit animal tissue or other equivalent sub- _duce., a musical tone of a certain pitch,"fQrms
|
||
|
||
stance, which will cause a slight resistance to part of the circuit.
|
||
|
||
'\
|
||
|
||
the electrical current at the point of contact It is obvious that the apparatus may be
|
||
|
||
between snch animal tissue ami some resonant 'yorkeu with a single electrotome, the pitch or
|
||
|
||
· conductot· of electricity-.
|
||
|
||
which may be varied by adjustment; but
|
||
|
||
lly hnpro\·ement consists in a new and use· where a series of tones of different pitch is de·
|
||
|
||
ful art of prouncing musical impressions ot· sired, I prefer to employ a serie'\ of el~ctro
|
||
|
||
sounus at the transmitting end of a telt'graphic tomes Jmviug different rates ofvibmtion.
|
||
|
||
·circuit, by causing interruptions in the t'lectric 'fwo electrotomes, C C', of iueutical con-
|
||
|
||
currentsofsuflicient frequency to produce mu· struction but uHfcring in pitch, ~reshown in
|
||
|
||
sicn.l tones, transmitting said tones through an the drawiugs, but I propose, unuer some cir·
|
||
|
||
electric circuit composed in part of animal tis- cumstances, to use a series of electrotomes
|
||
|
||
sue, and reprouucing them at the rcceh·ing end which will gi\"e tones extending through one
|
||
|
||
of the line by means of a resonant body, which or more octaves. These elcctrotomes ar·e, by
|
||
|
||
1s also a couductot· of electricity.
|
||
|
||
·prefet·ence,placed in the primary circuit of the
|
||
|
||
My improve~ent ftuther consists in a new induction-coil, and, "·hen in opet·ation, induce
|
||
|
||
o.nd useful apparatus for carrying out the ob· secondary cm·rents or impulses in the second-
|
||
|
||
jects of my invention; which apparatus con- ary circuit of said coil equal in number to the
|
||
|
||
sistS of the combination of a telegraphic cir- vibrations of the circuit-breaking spt·ing of the
|
||
|
||
cuit, composed in part of animal tissue; n cir· electrotome.
|
||
|
||
cuit-bren.l<er capable of producing a musical An oruinary telegraph-key situated in the
|
||
|
||
tone; and a receiver capable of rcprouncing primary circuit opens or closes the connections
|
||
|
||
that tone at tbe receiving end of the circuit. of the battery. Each electrotome must have ....._
|
||
|
||
1\Iy impro\'ementfnrthercousistsoftbccom· a corresponuing key. In the drawing~, two ~
|
||
|
||
bination, in au apparatus such as descl"ibcu, of keys, D D', at·e shown, both of which, as well
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~~iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii-~
|
||
|
||
. 1,66,096
|
||
|
||
" Y ~
|
||
|
||
as the electrotomes, ure·sitnated in the pri· nboYe n. sounding· board, such, for instance, as
|
||
|
||
mary circuit, which is divided ot· branched in the body of an oruiun.ry violin, may be used
|
||
|
||
order to pass throngh the-m.
|
||
|
||
with good effect to rcceh·e the vibrations, in-
|
||
|
||
Fig; 3 shows the arrangement of the rir- stead of the hollow cylinder above described.
|
||
|
||
cnits. The primary circuit F connected with From the f01·~going description it will be
|
||
|
||
the battery E passes tbrongh the ke~·es D D', seen that musical tones pa·oduce<l at the trans-
|
||
|
||
the magnets of the electrotomes, anc.l the pri· mitting- station can simultaneously be }ll'O·
|
||
|
||
mary circuit of the induction-coil B. One ter- duccd at the reeeiving station however uistant.
|
||
|
||
minal of the secondary ch·cuit G cxtemls fa·om \Vhcn two m· more keys arc simnltn.neously or
|
||
|
||
the induction· coil to the receiving- station successively deJu·essed, corresponding tones
|
||
|
||
through animal tissue to a. suitable resonant will simultaneously be transmitted, tints pro-
|
||
|
||
conductor of electricity, which is, in this case, ducing harmony oa· melody.
|
||
|
||
a hollow metallic cyliud~t·, II, which is con· .'rhe inte•·a·nptions in the primary circuit.,
|
||
|
||
nected with t.he ground; the other terminal, I, which cause the induced secondary currents
|
||
|
||
of the inductiot}.-coil },asses directly to the or impulses, may be produced by a mechanical
|
||
|
||
·ground in the ordinary way.
|
||
|
||
circuit-breaker having the requisite rapidity.
|
||
|
||
The animal tissue interposed between the of mot.ion, such as a. revolving wheel or re-
|
||
|
||
wire ~nd t11e resounding receit'er to complete volving brush; or they may be produced by
|
||
|
||
the circuit is shown in the drawings- as con· providing the vibrating reed or reeds of an
|
||
|
||
sisting of the body of the receiving operator, organ with contact-points, so that, as the reed
|
||
|
||
who must be insulated from the ground; but vibrates, it will transmit impulses correspond-
|
||
|
||
other substances may be employediwhich must ing in number per second to the number of
|
||
|
||
possess the specific characteristle~ of being vibrations per second of the notes sounded by
|
||
|
||
conductors of electricity; of being yielding the organ-pipe.
|
||
|
||
and elastic; and of having a surface of greater I prefer to use the im1mlses of the induceil
|
||
|
||
electric resisting capacity t11an its interior. secondary currents as the transmitting me-
|
||
|
||
· These characteristices are found in the skin dium, ns such use affords the most convenient
|
||
|
||
of the human body; in leather ~oistened witll way of obt.aining electricity of high tension,
|
||
|
||
acidulated water; in animal flesh co\·ered with which is that best adapted for penetrating a
|
||
|
||
a membraueous coating; in bacon-rind; in slightly-resisting medium, such as the animal
|
||
|
||
pork-skin, especially pieces taken from the ear tissue herei ubefore ment-ioned.
|
||
|
||
or tail; in kid gloves; and in other substances The secondm·y coil is not essential, as the
|
||
|
||
which need not 9e ennmerah.l.fl, as they do not secondary ch·ctlit induced in the primary coil
|
||
|
||
operat~ so perfectly as those above given.
|
||
|
||
may be utilized for transmitting the signals.
|
||
|
||
The operation· of the apparatus is as fol· 1\Iy improvement enables me to operate with
|
||
|
||
lows: The closing of either of t.he keys com· a very slight amount of current, as the bat-
|
||
|
||
pletes the primary circuit from the battery tery power required to produce and transmit
|
||
|
||
through the electrotome connected \Vith the the vib~atious is less than one-hundredth part
|
||
|
||
key depressed, and the circuit-closing spring of the battery power now required to transmit
|
||
|
||
ofsaid electrotome will immediately be thrown signals over long laud-lines.
|
||
|
||
into rapid \ibration, and a musical tone of a 1\Iy improved method can a<lvantageous1y
|
||
|
||
certain pitch der•enuent upon the lengt.h, be subsLiLuled for the :\Iorse telegraph-alpha·
|
||
|
||
thickness, and adjustmen~ of the spring will bet 110\V in general use, ns au alphabet can be
|
||
|
||
be given forth, while at each vib1-ation the constructed on the principle of using tones of
|
||
|
||
current in the primary circuit of the induction different pitch for the different letters, which
|
||
|
||
apparatus will be interrupted. These inter- will admit of great rapidity of transmission.
|
||
|
||
ruptions producecorrespondingsecondarycur· By means of my improved apparatus not
|
||
|
||
rents or impulses in the secondary circuit of only may a tune be transmitted by a single
|
||
|
||
the induction apparatus, and these secondary operator to a distant point, but the different
|
||
|
||
induced currents or impulses are transmitted parts of such tune simultaneously may be re-
|
||
|
||
to the receiving-station. Thus, for example, produced at a common point from different
|
||
|
||
if the circuit-breaking spring of the electro· places, a separate part ofth~ tune being played
|
||
|
||
tome vibrates one hundred and· twenty-eight at each place.
|
||
|
||
times per second, the tone given forth is that 'fbe apparatus can also auvantageously be
|
||
|
||
known as the ''fundamental 0," while one employed in studying acoustics and the phys·
|
||
|
||
hundred and twenty-eight terminal secondary icnl theory of music.
|
||
|
||
currents or imp.uJses will be induced in the The combination, with a mainline, of an in·
|
||
|
||
secondat·y circuit of the induction apparatus, termitteut circuit-breaker, or a series thereof,
|
||
|
||
and transmitted ·throng~ the animal tissue each adapted to throw npon the line a detinjte
|
||
|
||
above mentioned, forming part Qf said circuit, number of electrical impulses per unit of time,
|
||
|
||
to the resonant recei \·er, and will, from some and a key or keys, one foa·, aDll controlling,
|
||
|
||
, ...&.. ..A.. cause not understood or explicable in the pres- each snell circuit· breaker, are uot broadly
|
||
|
||
:.-.. ~ ent stage of the· art, vibrate the same syuch·. claimed herein, as they constitute a part of
|
||
|
||
ronously with the transmitting-electrotome, tbe snbjcct-umttet of another applicat.ion for
|
||
|
||
and t.bus give forth a musical tone of the same I.J~ttct'S Patent of the United States, tiled by
|
||
|
||
.,.pitch.
|
||
|
||
· .
|
||
|
||
me February 23, 1875.
|
||
|
||
A metallic plate stretched by metallic strings I claim as my invention-
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~~====~·-·-··-~.-. - - - - - - - - - - - 4
|
||
|
||
166,09_6
|
||
|
||
3
|
||
|
||
1. The hereinbefore-described art of tran_s· ,.nant conductor of electricity capable of repro:
|
||
|
||
mitting musical impressions ~r sounds tele- ducing that tone at the receiving end of the
|
||
|
||
graphically, by producingmusicalimpressions circuit.
|
||
|
||
-
|
||
|
||
or sounds at the transmitting end of a _tele· 3. The combination, substantially as here-
|
||
|
||
graphic circuit by causing interruptions in the inbefore set forth, of a t~Iegraphic circuit com-
|
||
|
||
electric currents of sn_fficient frequency to pro- posed in part of anima! tissue, ·a resonant re-
|
||
|
||
I duce musical tones, transmitting -said tones ceiver, which is also a conductor ofelectricity,
|
||
through an electric circuit composed in part of a series of circuit-breakers capable of prodnc-
|
||
|
||
animal tiss·ue, and reproducing them at the 'ing musical toQes of different pitch, and a cor-
|
||
|
||
receiving end of the line by _means of a reso- responding series of keys for throwing the cir-
|
||
|
||
nant body, which is also a conductor of elec- cuit-breakers into or ont of operation, where-
|
||
|
||
tricity, substantially as set fort.h.-
|
||
|
||
by St.·veral tones simultaneously may be t:rans-
|
||
|
||
2. The electro-harmonic telegraph appara"- r mitted through a single wire.
|
||
|
||
·.
|
||
|
||
tus, hereinbefore set forth, consisting of the
|
||
|
||
-
|
||
|
||
ELISHA GRAY.
|
||
|
||
combination of a telegraph-circuit, composed Wit-nesses:
|
||
|
||
in part of. animal tissue, a circuit-breaker ca-
|
||
|
||
Wx. J. PEYTOS,
|
||
|
||
pable of produc~ng a musical tone, and a reso-
|
||
|
||
E. C. D.!.VIDSON.
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~~====~========~
|
||
|
||
- ·- 1~11~~11----------II~•AUI~ 2 Sheets·· Sheet t.
|
||
|
||
EIa c t ric Tala grap b for Transmit t i n·g Music aI Ton as.
|
||
|
||
No. 166,095.
|
||
|
||
Patented July 27, 1875 .
|
||
|
||
.;tg..l. ~ ~ -----------I
|
||
|
||
0 ....... ...•.•.fiJ.·'···
|
||
|
||
-c.:
|
||
|
||
ml! .B
|
||
|
||
! II .---A---0 ~-·: .,
|
||
|
||
::
|
||
|
||
......
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
. ~~-\
|
||
|
||
~ .-----~-41-.. ~¥i;~,,
|
||
|
||
·. tJT•. '· ··...•
|
||
|
||
··.
|
||
|
||
b : ,. ··.'··· ·Q . ~- . \.....___
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
-----a..-----:.J .
|
||
|
||
-, ;
|
||
|
||
~/--~------~------_./._.~· f
|
||
|
||
_,. _,•"
|
||
|
||
! I
|
||
|
||
,""
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
/
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
_...;
|
||
|
||
J
|
||
|
||
,·
|
||
|
||
I~
|
||
|
||
/
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
,•
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
/
|
||
I I I i
|
||
---- .. ,·,/.
|
||
,· '
|
||
~,
|
||
,./
|
||
.; .um-....__--..,.,.,mll
|
||
|
||
I I
|
||
1
|
||
, :
|
||
I
|
||
I
|
||
I
|
||
I
|
||
, I
|
||
I
|
||
I
|
||
I
|
||
,.i
|
||
,
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
; I ;
|
||
i
|
||
\..
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
I
|
||
, /
|
||
.,..,.,·
|
||
|
||
Inven~r.
|
||
- - ll~llr;r~~~·-------illr.&.~ll~l
|
||
|
||
I-~~~~~.11--------E. &RAY. EIa c t ric T e ~~graph for TransmittIng Ius i c a I Tones.
|
||
|
||
No. 166,095.
|
||
|
||
Patented July 27,1815.
|
||
|
||
lYibneJ'..FeJ'.
|
||
|
||
. c.~, ..-- .
|
||
|
||
~-a,, ;q~ ··,.,
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
',
|
||
|
||
-~-"""
|
||
·~··---~
|
||
|
||
.£nvenZ:<Jr_
|
||
/~ ~"'/
|
||
7'~~
|
||
·-""·~·--- ·-·---- a'. ~~~ ~
|
||
|
||
- - ~~~~~r;r~~~-~------•1 rr~~ll,.l
|
||
|
||
- II ·- I~ ~'Zf 11--------lll~TAfll~ UNITED STATES '-PATENT 0FFICF
|
||
|
||
ELISHA. GRAY, OF C~ICAGO, ll..LINOIS. IMPROVEMENT IN ELECTRIC. TELEGRAPHS FOR TRANSMITTING MUSICAL TONES.
|
||
|
||
Specification forming part of Letten Patent No.l66,093, dAted JaJ,- !r7, 1875; application filed Januaryl9, ld75.
|
||
|
||
Tu all ·wlwm, it may co1,cen':
|
||
|
||
lJa.~ a circuit-closing spring, c, ·so adjusted aa,
|
||
|
||
Be it known that I, ELISHA GRAY, of Chi- "·beu in action, to l)rouu.ce a musical tone ac-
|
||
|
||
cago, in the co~mty of Cook and State of Illi- cm·cliu~ to ibl length, thickueM, and acljnst-
|
||
|
||
nois, hat'.e iu,•euted a certaiu ne\\" and useful ment. A common teJegr-&LJ»h-key, D, is pluc:ed
|
||
|
||
.Ap1mratus tor 'f.nm~mitting lins.ical Iinpt·es- in the primary circuit to make or break the
|
||
|
||
sions or Souud~ Telegrat>hically, of ""hicb I bnttery-counectiou. lu the dt"1lo\\"iugs 1 have
|
||
|
||
laereuy declare the thllowiug to be a full, cltmr, shown two electrotorues of itlenticu.l construc-
|
||
|
||
aud ~~met tlesc1·iptiou:
|
||
|
||
tion, l>ut of different pitch, a.nd two keys, both
|
||
|
||
)J vin ,~eu tion relate~ to \Vltnt I term a,n "elt'c· tl.ae keys aml electl·ocomes l>eiug t>laced iu the ·
|
||
tro ;r irit f!&rgTii•fl~" ~nfHS'1fascd.npon.the primary circuit, which is ~o cli~ided that J>nrt
|
||
|
||
fact \t'ell known to electrichLns thn.t au electro- of the circuit passes tbrough each key aud its
|
||
|
||
mngr·~t elongat~ uncler the action of the elec- corrc:1ponding electrotome. The number of
|
||
|
||
tric cnnent, and coutract~ again \Vheu the cur- electrotomes may l>e incl'eased, so that tones
|
||
|
||
reu t ce~es. Consequeutly a succes~ion of im- e~tendiug through two Ol' more octan~s may
|
||
|
||
pnl~es or iutenuption~ wilJ catuse the magnet be produced. Au ortliuary electro-magnet ia
|
||
|
||
to '"iorate, autl it' these ,·ibratious be of sntti· provid~ at the receh•iug eud of the line.
|
||
|
||
cieu t frc..ocfn~uc.~y a mu~ical ton" will IJ~ prodncl'd, Thc.opcr-.t~i~n .~!~ t~_2. a.~~·~i:llW,a the pitch of which will depend upon the rapid- firtfre--mTangemeu~ sfaowu m e rawmgs
|
||
|
||
ity OL tl.ae \"ibrntious.
|
||
|
||
when a key is closed the priwary circuit will
|
||
|
||
I hav.e disco,·eretl that by interrupting an pass fl"'m the battery H tl.arougl.a tl.aat key and
|
||
|
||
electric current at the tl-:\usmitting eud of a its corresponding electrotome, aucl will be auto-
|
||
|
||
line with sutlicic.mt frequency to proc.luce a mu- umtically iuter1·uptcd iu th~ usual manner.
|
||
|
||
sical tone by ·;ua instrument vibratet.l l>y said Tile spa·iug of the electrotome will tiJU~ be
|
||
|
||
interruption~, and t.ranswittiug the impulses caused to ,·ibrat~ rapidly and to produce a
|
||
|
||
thus iuducetl to an el~tro-magnet at the re- tone, the pitch of whicb i~ determined by the
|
||
|
||
ceh·ing entl of the line, the latter \ViJl \"iQrate a-ate of \ibr-.1tion. It is olH·iou~ that several
|
||
|
||
syuclu·ouously with tl.ae transmitting· iu~tru key~ may be depressed Niwultaneou.sly. These
|
||
|
||
meut, and thu~ produce a nmsical tone or note ,·iuratious or iuterl'llptious of the current will
|
||
|
||
of a corresponding pitch. The object of my simultaneonsl.)~ 1.u·oduce in the secondary cir-
|
||
|
||
iu,·ention it~ to utilize this di~O\'ery for tl.ae cuit of the iruluctiou-coil a ~eries of induced
|
||
|
||
transmi~~iou of intelligible signals to a distance currcuts or impulses corr~sponcliug in number
|
||
|
||
by electricity; to which ent.l ruy improl"emeut with tl.ae ,·ibl"1Ltions of the electrotome, ancl as
|
||
|
||
consists in the cou1binution of a telegrapl.aic the receiviug el~ctro-umgnct is connected with
|
||
|
||
circuit, a se1·ics of circuit·b•·eakers cavaul~ of this circuit it "·ill be caused to vibrate, thus
|
||
|
||
producing wuliical tones of •litt~t·eut pitch. a pt"oduciug a toue of corresponding Jlitch, the
|
||
|
||
series of keys tor aiuaultaueou~Iy or sncces- sound of which may be iuteusided l>y the UtJe
|
||
|
||
sivc.•ly throwing saitl ch·cuit-breake1·s into or out of a hollo\\" cylinder, S, of metal, placed on tl.ae
|
||
|
||
of operation, and au electr()-muguet receivPl', poles of the magnet.
|
||
|
||
wl.aich is thrown into operation by the trans- \Vhen a siu;.clt~ ~lectrotome is thrown into
|
||
|
||
witter, whereby tou~s of diftereflt pitch way actiou, it~ co1·re~pout.liug tone will be repro-
|
||
|
||
be rcprouuc~d at the receiving erul of the line duced on tht> ~ouutler by the magnet. 'V Laeu
|
||
|
||
by tl.a~ use of a single circuit.
|
||
|
||
electrotomes of (.liJl"~rcot pitch are succes~h~ely
|
||
|
||
Iu the ac~.l!'~.nying _clra.~i~g~,. Figure 1. operated, their tones will be ~orrespondiugly Shows a rlau ~lt!W oftl.uftrn.fi"!JIDlttlllg' part Of r~p1·otluced l>y the recch·er, aud wbeu t\VO or
|
||
|
||
IllY impro\·t~tl apparatus, tho receh·er appear- ruore electrotomes ar·~ siumltaneously soundccl
|
||
|
||
ing in pcrspC!cth·e. 11"ig. 2 is a v·iew, iu per- the toue of each will still L>e reproduced with·
|
||
|
||
spt:.cti'f·c, ot" tl.a~ transmitter.
|
||
|
||
out.coufusiou ·uu the ~oumler, oy which mtaans
|
||
|
||
'l'lil· tl'<msa:lit.ting apparatus ismountetlnpon I am euablet.l to reproduc~ tuelodies or tUll&s.
|
||
|
||
a base-hoard, -~,as usual. The inunctioth:oil ~Iechauica.l cil·cuit-l>reake~ migbt be ttnb-
|
||
|
||
U ha~ the nsnal primary anc.l secondary cir- stitutctl tor the aut.()lnatic vil>rating ele~tro·
|
||
|
||
cuits. Au ordinary automatic electrotome, C, tome, hereinbefore tlesc1·iued, aud 1 have, iu
|
||
|
||
- - 11~1117"~~1·-------1117~11,.1
|
||
|
||
I- 11-- - ~II~~
|
||
|
||
------lll~TAUI~
|
||
166.09;1
|
||
|
||
fact., u~erl snd1 mecbanit·al cil·cnit-l>l'eakers of unit of time, am) a. kP-y·or keys, one t'hr autl
|
||
|
||
variuns con~truc:tion; but I fouml tbe electro-/ controlling eu.ch such circuit-breake1·, as it C!OU·
|
||
|
||
tome more ~nti~fm~tory in practi,.e.
|
||
|
||
l stitutt»s the suhject-matter of another apr,li·
|
||
|
||
In this instance the recei\·er is sho,~n nml cation tilecl by me February ~3. 187;j. 'fhe
|
||
|
||
described as operated by the inclocetl current combination of a telegr-aphic circuit, an antu-
|
||
of the St'COUUal'y coil; \Jut the ~COIIUttry 0\:. .matic circuit-breaker cap<Lble of pl'oclncing ilo
|
||
extrdo curreu t of a primary coil mn.y be us~d · musicnl tone, and au elect.ro-umgnct recei\·er
|
||
|
||
insten.tl thereof with gootl etfect.
|
||
|
||
~:'"' which reproduces the tone by being thrown
|
||
|
||
~ly apparc1tus is specially aclnptetl to tele- ·into vibration by impnlses generated by the
|
||
|
||
graphing on lol:lg land amt submarine lines. circu'it-breal\:tar, is not, broadl~·, claimed herein,
|
||
|
||
By it letters aml si"'1mls can ue rct>resented u.s this combination constitut~s u. ptut of the
|
||
|
||
by tones ditfcriug in pitch; or the ordinary .~ubjl.act-mntter of sni'l application, i\lso.
|
||
|
||
:aiorse :signais can be marie by short aud long, :''
|
||
|
||
·
|
||
|
||
·
|
||
|
||
·
|
||
|
||
interruptions in a prolonged ton6 of the sam ·
|
||
|
||
pitch, thus securing great rc1pidity of trans-
|
||
|
||
mission.
|
||
|
||
An application thr Letters Patent of th
|
||
|
||
United States, tiled by me .Apt•il 18, 1874: aiel circuit·hl·tankers into or out of operation,
|
||
|
||
sho\Ts an apparatus smue\l"bat similar to tlu! and au electro-magnet receiver, \l"hicb is thrown oue herein tlescriued, for tramunitting mnsicafF.into operation by the transmitt~rs, \Vilereby tones through animal tissue to a rP..sonaut ele~tooes of ditfcreut pitch m~lY be ret>rotlncell at trical receh·er. I do not, therefor~, claim be the receh·ing end of the line by tile employ-
|
||
|
||
in anytbiug therein sbowu. ~either do I claim meut of a single circuit.
|
||
|
||
bereiu tile c01nbiuu.tion, with a main line, ot·
|
||
|
||
ELISH-A GR..A.Y.
|
||
|
||
an intermittent circuit. breaker, or a series 'Vituesses:
|
||
|
||
thereof, each atlnpted to thrO\v upon the line a detiuite uumb~r ot' electrical impulses per
|
||
|
||
E. C. DAVIDSON, W:£ J. PEYTON.
|
||
|
||
- - ~~~~~r;r~~~-~------•1 rr""~ll,.l
|
||
|
||
~ T
|
||
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~ 3 Sheets-Sheet 1
|
||
|
||
!. GRAY.
|
||
|
||
ELECTRO-BAltKOlfiC TELEGRAPH.
|
||
|
||
No. 173,618.
|
||
|
||
Patented Feb. 15, 1876.
|
||
|
||
... o/hW-~IT.~.
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
~ ~ ~
|
||
|
||
&4£ap IHYENTOR
|
||
|
||
k By
|
||
|
||
.4'torM1/
|
||
~·~~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
4
|
||
|
||
...~
|
||
~I
|
||
|
||
I~
|
||
|
||
~~========~~===~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
E. GRAY.
|
||
|
||
3 Sheets-Sheet ·2.
|
||
|
||
ELECTRO·KARKONIC TELEGRAPH.
|
||
|
||
No. 173,618.
|
||
|
||
P&tant.ed !'eb. 15, 1876.
|
||
|
||
?~3..
|
||
|
||
TT7T.N'ESSES
|
||
~:~~;~~.
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~~~~~~~~==~~
|
||
|
||
~ •
|
||
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~ 3 Sheets-Sheet 3.
|
||
|
||
E. GRAY.
|
||
|
||
ELECTRQ·:S:ARKON'IC TELEGRAPH.
|
||
|
||
No. 173,618.
|
||
|
||
Pa.tent~Jd Feb. 16, 1876.
|
||
|
||
F~.4.
|
||
|
||
...~ ~;;r ~
|
||
~ ~ ~
|
||
|
||
rj~g>«y
|
||
Bv~.~~~
|
||
|
||
INrENTOR
|
||
- k .J/ttornsy
|
||
|
||
... ~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
4
|
||
|
||
mt
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE.
|
||
|
||
ELISHA GRAY, OF CBIOAGO, ILLINOIS.
|
||
. IMPROVEMENT IN ELECTRO·HARMONIC .TELEGRAPHS•
|
||
|
||
8pecidcalioo lormiog part of Letten Patent No. I 1'3,618, dated Febrnai'J' 15, 1876; application filed Jauuary '.11, 1876.
|
||
|
||
To all wlwm iC may concern:
|
||
|
||
ways without departing from the principle of
|
||
|
||
Be it known that I, ELISHA. ORA.Y, of Chi· my invention.
|
||
|
||
calgo, in the county of Cook, and Stnte of Illi- . The mechanism is sbowu as incfosed in a
|
||
|
||
nois, have hl\·entetl a new nud useful Art of box or frame A. · A series of vibrating reeds
|
||
|
||
Producing Musical Impressions or Sounds arid orelectrotom~, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, each tuned
|
||
|
||
Tmnsmiltiog said Souod~t Telegraphically, as to produce a note of different pitcb, is shown
|
||
|
||
well aa iuat,roved appnr~tu2t for so trans- as rnouoted in a bar, B, secured upon a stout
|
||
|
||
roitting eaid sounds, of which the following frame.
|
||
|
||
·
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
is a specification :
|
||
|
||
·
|
||
|
||
The method of constructing and operat-
|
||
|
||
In Letters Patent of the United States iug these reeds is folly sbown and described
|
||
|
||
granted me July 27, 1875, and numbered, re· iu Letters Patent No. 165,728, grunted to
|
||
|
||
s~tively, 166,006 and 166,096, I have shown rne July 20, 187o, and need not, therefore,
|
||
|
||
and described methods of transmitting musical be recapitulated here. Each vibrating reed
|
||
|
||
iwpreBBiooa or sounds telegraphicaJJy.
|
||
|
||
forms part ofan electric circuitwbich isopeoe<l
|
||
|
||
u . · Mfe
|
||
whe
|
||
|
||
p~ ;n-t.Ii;rf eotilie. p
|
||
|
||
· ayed
|
||
|
||
Y. 8
|
||
|
||
BlDg e
|
||
|
||
1a)n•,doac,lo7•s,esd•,bwy hiitcshretsapkeecstitvhee
|
||
|
||
key 1•, 2•, 3•, 4•,
|
||
place or an ordi-
|
||
|
||
operator, and reproduced, if desired,· at a dis- nary )forse key. Each key works on a pivot
|
||
|
||
tant station by apparatuR described in the c, (see Fig. 2,) and bas a guide-pin, c1, to keep
|
||
|
||
patents above mentioned, or io for wbieh applications for Letters
|
||
|
||
PouthteerotwIalylA~
|
||
|
||
it steady. A Sl)iralspring, o', holds the key UJl aud keeps the circuits normally open.
|
||
|
||
by we and now pending.
|
||
|
||
· \Vhen a key iR dtapressed, both the main ami
|
||
|
||
·.M~iPM.:R'I;illll'~lJi.~PBi¥t' jn 1 n9.,tel. local circuits are closed by Rprings, D E, on
|
||
|
||
arto 7eJDgmtiiieal impreBS:onsor&OunCl8 the under side of the ktty, which form part of
|
||
|
||
by means of a series of properly-toned vi brat- the circuit. The keys are in other respects
|
||
|
||
ing reeds or bars thrown into action by means like those of an ordinary melodeon.
|
||
|
||
of a seriea of keya opening or closing electric To counteract the tendency of one reec.l to
|
||
|
||
circuits. It also consists in a novel art of be thrown into sympathetic vibration by an-
|
||
|
||
transmitting tunes so 1)roduced throogb an other when sounded, I mount a series of stops,
|
||
|
||
electric e~rcuit· and reproducing them at the /,each on its respective lever F, rocking ou a
|
||
|
||
receiving end of the line. My improvements l•ivot F', nod provi{led witb a spring,!', by
|
||
|
||
further consist in nove) ap~aratos Cor the pro· which each stop iR normally pressed "gaiost
|
||
|
||
duction and transmission of aocb times. The the end of ita '·ibmtiug reed after the manner
|
||
|
||
subject-matter claimed will hereioaftf!r apecift- of the dampers of a piano. The stop is with-
|
||
|
||
cally be designated.
|
||
|
||
drawn from the reed whenever its key is de-
|
||
|
||
shoInwsth.te1'1a~owrpuVpIeW•Y0:,w80iumgsuFcidSdulrye a1r
|
||
|
||
p~ssed, by means of a lever, G, rocking on a fulcrum,g,andactuatedbyapio,G',onthekey.
|
||
|
||
my improved apparatus as is necessary to The vibrat.ion of the reed is t.hus instantly
|
||
|
||
illu.strate the subject matter herein claimed; stopped as its circuit opens, and is promptly
|
||
|
||
"z Fig. 2, &·vertical transverse section there- relea~ed the mo'Dent before the circuit closes
|
||
through on the line of Fig. 1; Fig. 3, a to tbrow it into acti<lll again. The method of
|
||
|
||
vertical transverse section therethrough on the running the wain tLnd local circuits in this in-
|
||
|
||
line 11 11 of Fig. 2; Fig. 4, a bottom-plan view stance is similar to t.hat shown in my patent
|
||
|
||
of tbe iostr.Cmeot; and, J.t,igs. 5 and 6 r~prt~· No. 16o 728, abo\·u mentioned. ~
|
||
|
||
, sent views in perspective of certain detnils of By the mechanism abo,·e described, the
|
||
|
||
.the mechanism.
|
||
|
||
·
|
||
|
||
operntor is enable.. to play nny desired tune,
|
||
|
||
The clra.willgs show an electrical organ of r wbich will be audible at the spot where played
|
||
|
||
. single octave embodying my impro,·ements and which may be reproduced .audibly at a
|
||
|
||
?In the beat way now known to me ; obviously, distant station by means of tbe mechanism
|
||
|
||
however, tbe number of the keys may be in- described in the Letters Patent of July 27,
|
||
|
||
·creased, and tbe details of construction of the 1875, hereinbefore mentioned, as well as by
|
||
|
||
Instrument may be varied io many well-known otber mechanism which forma the subject·
|
||
|
||
,A ~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~--------~=====~
|
||
|
||
~~======~~~~~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
lt3.618
|
||
|
||
matter of applications for Letters Patent filed before set forth, of a series of .~leetrically.
|
||
|
||
.by me February 23, 1875, and January 8, 1876. · ted reeds and a corresponding aeries of
|
||
|
||
-·~~P.'·-I·MfftM!·iufv.elnit~io'-ni-~~~r.7!"=m~it~'l
|
||
|
||
kev ton
|
||
|
||
oq an
|
||
|
||
oiling them, arranged organlted for manipulation by a
|
||
|
||
· gle operator.
|
||
|
||
4. The combination, tagtiaJJ~..aa here-
|
||
|
||
before set forth, of the vi ting reeds, the
|
||
|
||
fl and the stops aetna y e eys to
|
||
|
||
ntrol the reeds.
|
||
|
||
5. The combination, substantially .aa here-
|
||
|
||
nbefore set forth, of an electrical organ, au
|
||
|
||
electric circuit, and a receiver in said circuit
|
||
|
||
which reproduces the tune played by the
|
||
|
||
organ.
|
||
|
||
In testimony whereof I have hereunto snb·
|
||
|
||
scribed my name.
|
||
|
||
ELISHA GRAY.
|
||
|
||
o. Witnesses:
|
||
E. DA.VIDSON, B. T. BA.BNEST.
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~~~==~========~~
|
||
|
||
I- ·- ~II~At.ll---,------II~TAU I~
|
||
|
||
E. GRAY.
|
||
|
||
-
|
||
|
||
AUTOKA'l'IC CIRCUIT·BB.EAB:ERS FOR ELECTRO-RAltltONIC TELEGRAPHS.
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
Patented Feb. 15, 1876.
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
- - 11~11~~~~-----------........ llr~~ll,.l
|
||
|
||
- ·- ~~~~~~1--1------Ill~~~~~~ UNITED STATES PATE.NT OFFICE.
|
||
|
||
ELISHA GRAY, OF CHICAGO, ILI..INOIS. IMPROVEMENT IN AUTOMATIC CIRCUIT-BREAKERS FOR ELECiRO-HARMONIC TELEGRAPHS.
|
||
|
||
Speciftcatiou lormiag part of Letters Patent No. I 73,460, dated February lS. 1~6; applicatioa ftled January 8, 1876.
|
||
|
||
To alltcl&oua it may concern:
|
||
|
||
an opening, a, in its side, over which a mem-
|
||
|
||
Be it known that I, ELISHA GRAY, of Chi- br~1oou::~ diaphragm, b, is ~tt·etcbed. One
|
||
|
||
cago, in the county of Cook and State of lUi- wire of the circuit is connected with a bind·
|
||
|
||
nois, have iln·ented a uewaru.l useful ImprO\'e- ing-post, C, from which a wirtt, c, leads to a
|
||
|
||
ment in Automatic: Circuit-BreaKers for Elec- platina point, ll, on tlle diaphragm nuder#
|
||
|
||
tro-Ha1:mouic Telegr~pbs, of which the fol- neath ·a set-se1·e,v, D, mouuted on a bar or
|
||
|
||
lowing i~ a S}leciftcation:
|
||
|
||
frame, d, connected with a binding-post, E, to
|
||
|
||
y invention relateM to elect1·o-barmonic \V'hicla the otht!!r wire or the circuit is attached.
|
||
|
||
teleg 1•
|
||
|
||
:; secui·eu·to mcr·bjLet· Wbtan the column of air in the pipe is vi-
|
||
|
||
I ters Patent of the United· State~ t!arnberetl, bratetl by sounding the pipe the diapbragrn
|
||
respecth,ely, 176,095 and 166,096, Jl:rauted will ,·ibr...te correspouuiugly with the anasical
|
||
|
||
July 27, 1875. Its object is to produce ·a sim· toue tbus J>roduc~d, and open and close the
|
||
|
||
I pie and effective circuit- breaker \·il>ratiug circuit accordingly, thus transmitting the vi-
|
||
automatically with sufficient rapidity to pro· bt·ations to the receiviuginstrurnent for utiliza-
|
||
doee a musical toue of a gh·eu pitch, the elec- I tion, as mentione<l in my patents before re·
|
||
|
||
t.rieal impulses thus generated being transmit- ferred to.
|
||
ted through an electric circuit, and reprotluced j Ob,·iously the vibrations of se,·eral pipes.
|
||
|
||
·at the other end or the line, as ~ct fo1·tb iu my I giving notes or different pitch may be simul-
|
||
|
||
f patents above mentioned; to '"hich end my I taneonsly trausmittetl through a single wire
|
||
impro,·ement consists in combining with au by suitable IUechanism.
|
||
|
||
organ, bnLted
|
||
|
||
or by
|
||
|
||
other \Vhltl-pipe, a. souncling said pipe,
|
||
|
||
diaphragm ~ and an elect
|
||
|
||
r-t. ,c:l4¥1Z{ ib~rH~rw~u,
|
||
|
||
~uustantially
|
||
|
||
a ·~
|
||
as hereinlie·
|
||
|
||
--i circuit connected witb saiel tliuphragm so al-l I fore set forth, or au orgnn-pipe, a mewbrun-
|
||
to be op~uetl and clo~eu uy it~ \"ibra.~i9p::i•. '·· ous diaphrag~1 ,.i~r:Lt~dl>ysonnding said pipe,
|
||
In the accompanymg drawmgs; whtCb ex- I c.md an electrtc ctrcmt opened aud closed by
|
||
|
||
emplify one-of the best me of currying out the
|
||
|
||
ways now objects of
|
||
|
||
known to my iuven·l'
|
||
|
||
said vibrations. lu testimony \\"hereof
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
have her~uuto
|
||
|
||
sub·
|
||
|
||
tiou, Figure 1 represents a plan view of my scribed my name.
|
||
|
||
impro\"ed apparatus; Fig. 2, a sid~ \"ie\v; aud
|
||
|
||
ELISHA GRAY.
|
||
|
||
Fig. 3, a longitudinal vertical section there-, Witnesses:
|
||
|
||
through on the line z x of Fig. 1.
|
||
|
||
E~os M. BARTON,
|
||
|
||
An organ-pipe, A, is shown as made with
|
||
|
||
GEo. B. BLISS.
|
||
|
||
- - ··~··r;r~~l--1------1117~~11,.1
|
||
|
||
- - II~II!Avhll--1-------IIJA~II~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
E. GRAY.
|
||
|
||
2 Sheets-Sheet l.
|
||
|
||
TELEPB:ON'IC TELEGltA.PR APPAltATtl'S.
|
||
|
||
No. 17 5, 9 71.
|
||
|
||
Pa. tented A. pr i l ~ 1_. 16 76.
|
||
|
||
·----------·------- -----·. -------·-
|
||
' @®.J
|
||
----·--·-·-·---·-
|
||
------------------------- .. ----------------------
|
||
|
||
WlTKESSES
|
||
|
||
l.NYE.NTOR.
|
||
R lisA-a Cru_y.
|
||
|
||
~.~~
|
||
|
||
- - 1~11~1. ------- lrrttNlll~ll
|
||
|
||
J -- ~II ~"'hJ 1---1------II~"+ZJII~ 2 Sheets-Sheet 2.
|
||
|
||
E. GRAY.
|
||
|
||
TELEPHONIC TELEGRAPH APPARATUS.
|
||
|
||
No. 175,971.
|
||
|
||
Patented-Aprilll, 1876.
|
||
|
||
-~-
|
||
|
||
...
|
||
WITNESSES
|
||
|
||
1.N r'};.JI.'"TO It
|
||
|
||
EluAa llray
|
||
|
||
-
|
||
|
||
_____ _.. ...
|
||
|
||
.. ,
|
||
|
||
-
|
||
|
||
l~lll¥•~1--1----IIWA~II~I
|
||
|
||
- - II~IIJAYhJII------llll\.~11~1 ' UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE.
|
||
|
||
ELISHA GRAY; OF CHICAGO, ILLI'NOIS. IMPROVEMENT IN TELEPHONIC TELEGRAPH APPARATUS.
|
||
|
||
Specification forming part of Letters Patent No. IT3,971, dated Aprilll, 18i6; application died January 8, 1876.
|
||
|
||
To. all tohom. it may collcm-n:
|
||
|
||
The box is tuned t.o produce a maximum
|
||
|
||
Be it known that I, ELISHA. GB.AY, of Chi- resonance of the desired tone, aml th~ reed
|
||
|
||
cago, in the county of Cook and State of Illi- is accurntAly tuned correspondingly. Conse- ·
|
||
|
||
nois, hal"e invented certain- new and useful queutJy, as the reed vibrates, the sound of its Improvemen~s- in the Art of Transmitting fundamental tone is intensified by the reso-
|
||
|
||
Musical Sounds Telegraphically, as well as nance of the bo:x in accordance with well~
|
||
|
||
certain ne'v antl useful irnprol"ements on appa- known laws of acoustics.
|
||
|
||
ratus for so transmitting such sounds, of which. If, now, the electro-magnet be connected in
|
||
|
||
art and ap1mratus the following is a specifica- a tel~grnpbic circuit in the sarne \vay as oue
|
||
|
||
tion:
|
||
|
||
·
|
||
|
||
of my analyzers described in the application
|
||
|
||
lfy invention relates to electro harmonic aforesaid, and the note be transmitted by
|
||
|
||
telegraphs of the class shown ami describecl means of one of my trau~mitter.s described
|
||
|
||
in Letters Patent of the Cnited States grant- in said application tor Letters Patent, the note
|
||
|
||
ed to me ,Tuly 27, 1875, and respecth·ely num- will sound in the box, pro\"itleu the tone trans-
|
||
|
||
bered 166,095 and 166,096, and iu an applica- mitted corresponds with that of tue bo:t; oth-
|
||
|
||
tion for Letters Patent filt'tl by ine February erwise the note will not be heard. Should a
|
||
|
||
23, 1875.
|
||
|
||
second analyzer be similarly plac~d iu the cir·
|
||
|
||
The object of my invention is to dispense cuit and tuned to a dift~rent pitch, aull a sec-
|
||
|
||
with local batteries and sounders, and all ad- ond note of corresponding pitch be transmit-
|
||
|
||
justment at the receiving end of the line, ted, it will sound in the bo~ of corresponding
|
||
|
||
• "·bich encl I attain by means of an apparatus pitch without affecting the other. The same .
|
||
|
||
which analyzes composite tones transmitted rule holds with a larger number.
|
||
|
||
electrically through a wire, whereby the op- I ha'"e in practice thus analyzed and repro-
|
||
|
||
erator is enable<l to read directly from the duced as many as eight di1f~reut tones simul-
|
||
|
||
tone transmitted.
|
||
|
||
taneously transmitted through a single wire;
|
||
|
||
The subject-matter claimed hereinafter spc- and, as I have demonstrated, by using the
|
||
|
||
ci fically '\lr..ill be designated.
|
||
|
||
~Iorse sign&.ls eigllt mP.ssages can simultane·
|
||
|
||
In the accompanying drawings, which show ously be sent over each wire as rapidly as each
|
||
|
||
so much of my improl"ed ap{>aratus as is operator cau transmit with the common tele-
|
||
|
||
necessary to illustrate the iu\"ention herein graphic key, the ad-rantages of my in\·eution
|
||
|
||
claimed, Figure 1 is a plan or top ,·iew, and cu-e obviou.s.
|
||
|
||
Fig. 2 a side ·elevation, partly in section, of I believe it, ho\\·e,·errto be pract!cable simul-
|
||
|
||
one of my impro\·ed sounders or receh~ers. taneously to trunsmit a number of messages
|
||
|
||
Fig. 3 is a diagram, showing .my i.mpro\·ed even greater than that auo,·e mentioned.
|
||
|
||
transmitting and receiYingapparatusas adapt- The reed C is made of a steel bar with par-.
|
||
|
||
ed to the transmission of se\·eraJ tones siulUl- allel sides, the tuning being done by cutting .
|
||
|
||
tancously.
|
||
|
||
away the sides near the fixed ends, as shown
|
||
|
||
A resonant-box, A, snch as used for intensi- in the drawings. I fiutl this construction, in
|
||
|
||
fying the sound of tuniug-torks, is shown as practice, to obviate the tendency of the reeds
|
||
|
||
closed at one end. A scre,v-bolt, D, or other to break into nodes, or to respond to notes
|
||
|
||
~uitable support secured upon this bo:x, sus- other than their own, as has been the tendency
|
||
|
||
tains an electro. magnet, B, of well· known of other forms of reeds tri~ll by we.
|
||
|
||
construction. A \•ibratiug tougue or reed, C, I claim as my in \"'en tion-
|
||
|
||
of steel, is also fastened upon the support 1. Tlle hereinbefore described art of trans-
|
||
|
||
D, and is uuite<l with oue pole of the magnet mitting musical sounds telegraphically by re-
|
||
|
||
B. The free end of .the reed passes close to, producing such sonutls at ~he r~ceiYing end
|
||
|
||
but does nof touch, the other pole of the mag- of the liue by mean::~ of a Ytbratmg reet.l and
|
||
|
||
net. · ·
|
||
|
||
a sounding-box of corresponding pitch. ·
|
||
|
||
For convenience of t·emo\"al or replaceweut, 2. The combiuation, substantially as here-
|
||
|
||
all the parts of the apparatus may be nuited inbefore set forth, of an electro-magnet, a \i-
|
||
|
||
by means of a common bolt and nut, E.
|
||
|
||
brating reed, and a sounding-box of corre-
|
||
|
||
- - 1~11~11------11~111~
|
||
|
||
- -- ~~~~~~VhJII---------11~¥.111~
|
||
|
||
1'2'3,9'2'1
|
||
|
||
!!;ponding pitch, united at the receiving end
|
||
of an clcctl·ic circuit. 3. The coUlbiudtion, substantially a.s here-
|
||
inbefore set f01·th, witll au electric circuit, of n. seties of electro-magnets, a series of vibrating r~etls, producing musical. tones of tfift"ercnt pitcb, and u. series of oorrespoudinglytnncd sounding·boxcs. wllercby_ ench box is cnnsetl to somul its O\'f'U note while rejecting
|
||
all others. 4. The Yibratiug reed, coustrueted as here-
|
||
|
||
inbefore set forth, with parallel shies, aml with recesses near its fixed end, whereby its tendency to vibrate in unison with tones otller than its O\V'U is pre,·ented.
|
||
In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name.
|
||
ELISHA GRAY. <'
|
||
Witnesses: ENOS ll. BARTON,
|
||
GEO. A. BLISS.
|
||
|
||
- - 11~11~11--------11~11~1
|
||
|
||
- ·- 1~11~~11--------II~TAfll~ 10 Sheets-Sheet l. E. GRAY.
|
||
|
||
ELECTRO-B:A.RKONIC PRINTING TELEGB.A.PB:S..
|
||
|
||
No. 179,549.
|
||
|
||
Patented J'uly 4, lS76.
|
||
|
||
@,
|
||
/ ®
|
||
|
||
Tl J TwY"ESSE•.,.
|
||
/l;wc~~ut4
|
||
£~
|
||
|
||
I I I
|
||
.1
|
||
|
||
/U.s I•rt
|
||
|
||
.1.ftoriU.>!t
|
||
|
||
1.\· r .,~·.\~To J,'
|
||
.Elish~l Crrty
|
||
|
||
- - ,.,.,,~~·~o.c
|
||
~-~-~r;r~~l--i-----·117'~~11,.1
|
||
|
||
I ~~~~~11--------II~TAIII~
|
||
- - 10 Sheets-Sheet 2..
|
||
|
||
E.G!AY.
|
||
|
||
ELECTP..O·HARKONIC PRINTING TELECi:RAPB:S.
|
||
|
||
No. 179,549.
|
||
|
||
P&tented. J'uly 4. 1976~
|
||
|
||
n" Au .:flfornf·.~·
|
||
|
||
'"' • J"H.\ ·rn ,,.
|
||
..EllJaa, Clra_;"
|
||
|
||
- ------------·-~~~~~~·~1
|
||
|
||
- ·- ~~~~~~~----------IJ~TAtll~
|
||
|
||
10 Sheets-Sheet 3.
|
||
|
||
E~ GltA Y.
|
||
|
||
ELECTRO-B:A.RXONIC PRIITING TELEGRAPHS.
|
||
|
||
No. 179,549.
|
||
|
||
Pa.tented July 4, 1ST6.
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
/
|
||
|
||
...--o-
|
||
1~~~------~ ~
|
||
|
||
•
|
||
|
||
I :
|
||
|
||
-C : '•)
|
||
|
||
f ~-----·------------------·Q-··--··· .......·
|
||
|
||
\...
|
||
|
||
o--.
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
TT"l T.N£SSE.S
|
||
|
||
By JR:r .1.ttnrnl'!l
|
||
|
||
r.,~r·e.,·rr)J,·
|
||
|
||
-
|
||
|
||
. .~ ~~~--.-·a·
|
||
|
||
-
|
||
|
||
II~ Ill ~~~1-1- - - -__-__--11 fr"'-~ II,.I
|
||
|
||
- - 1~11~11--------11~~11~ 10 Sheets-Sheet 4.
|
||
|
||
E. GltA Y.
|
||
|
||
ELECTRO-B:AB.KOIIC PltiH'TIIG TELElltA.P~S.
|
||
|
||
"".. Q. 179 ' 549 •
|
||
|
||
P&tente'i .:·:.:
|
||
|
||
'?
|
||
I
|
||
I
|
||
i --------
|
||
|
||
,. 1,.
|
||
CVIi
|
||
lj
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
I
|
||
~
|
||
Cg .4it .!lfforney
|
||
|
||
I.;VT'E.YTOR
|
||
Eluli.a. O.raf
|
||
|
||
- ·- I~IIIN'Zf 11---------lll~¥tll~
|
||
|
||
10 Sheets-Sheet 5.
|
||
|
||
E. GRAY.
|
||
|
||
~·
|
||
|
||
ELECTRO-RAB.KONIC PRINTING TELEGRAPHS.
|
||
|
||
No. 179,549.
|
||
|
||
Pa.tented J'uly 4, 1876.
|
||
|
||
.·111 fl/'11 ,.!I
|
||
|
||
I I
|
||
|
||
/.XI'h'~VTfJ/.'
|
||
|
||
' I
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
Eli.J·ha {;,f~·~~··
|
||
|
||
- - "~"~--··-·c.
|
||
ll~llr;r~~l-1------ill'r~~ll,.l
|
||
|
||
- ·-- I~~~~ 11--------lltx.TAIII~ 10 Sheets-Sheet 6.
|
||
|
||
E. GRAY.
|
||
|
||
ELECTRO-IiARKON'IC PRINTING TELEGRAPHS..
|
||
|
||
No. 179,549.
|
||
|
||
Pa.tented July 4. 19 76 .
|
||
|
||
•
|
||
|
||
I.xr·E.\"Tfl/? ..Et~s/Ja (;,~~~
|
||
- - 11~11~~~1-1------illr~~ll,.l
|
||
|
||
- ----- ~~~~~~11--
|
||
|
||
10 Shaets-Sheet 1
|
||
|
||
E. GiA Y.
|
||
|
||
ELECTRO·B:AB.KO IIC PltilfTID' G 'l'ELEGltAPKS.
|
||
|
||
No. 179,549.
|
||
|
||
P&tent.ecl July 4. 1876.
|
||
|
||
~ !
|
||
|
||
~" ~
|
||
|
||
!
|
||
'"
|
||
|
||
~· ~~
|
||
|
||
B!! ~ei .4ttornr!l
|
||
- - ...... rrJb~'*..,.......DC
|
||
11~11~~~1--1------•ltr~~ll~l
|
||
|
||
- ·- 1~11~~1--1------II~TAtll~
|
||
|
||
10 Sheets-Sheet S.
|
||
|
||
E. GltAY.
|
||
|
||
ELEC'l'l\0-KAP.lEON'IC PP.IN''l'IliG TELEGIAPKS.
|
||
|
||
No. 179,549.
|
||
|
||
P&tented July 4, 1876 .
|
||
|
||
..F...i.q Jo .
|
||
|
||
. , ®-·---·-·--..-....-.....-..-·-------·---------~ / / ~
|
||
|
||
""'-. .
|
||
|
||
'
|
||
|
||
'·,
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
/
|
||
|
||
/
|
||
|
||
' ~.
|
||
|
||
/ /
|
||
|
||
\ .
|
||
|
||
(.I..
|
||
|
||
\
|
||
\.\
|
||
|
||
. I
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
i
|
||
|
||
0
|
||
|
||
, \ . ~
|
||
|
||
i
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
/
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
/
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
j
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
'-.'\_
|
||
|
||
. I
|
||
|
||
" ;y ~ /
|
||
|
||
I /
|
||
-~
|
||
/,
|
||
|
||
i
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
'·
|
||
'
|
||
|
||
G-______
|
||
|
||
,,.../· / .....
|
||
|
||
-----e-·
|
||
|
||
By hid .4#orney
|
||
|
||
I.NrE.·~·l'TOR
|
||
...EtiSitQ/ Cray.
|
||
|
||
- - r1~11r;r~~li-------illr~~ll,.l
|
||
|
||
- -- I~ II~ 11---------lltA.TAtll~ 10 Sheets-Sheet 9..
|
||
|
||
E.GltAY.
|
||
|
||
ELECTRO·B:ARKONIC PRINTING TELEGRAPHS.
|
||
|
||
NQ. 179,549.
|
||
|
||
Pa.tented July 4, 1876.
|
||
|
||
,-.....- /.'
|
||
|
||
..-- -"'I
|
||
|
||
jI _l.h
|
||
|
||
. /
|
||
|
||
·'/
|
||
|
||
. i
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
!''· 1/\.[l1.•f.h
|
||
! ! !\ i
|
||
•! •I I. ·I
|
||
|
||
·' ! i
|
||
• I. !'
|
||
|
||
TF7T.N'ESSES
|
||
|
||
By ~-~ w.:JttorTI.ey
|
||
|
||
I.N rE.NTOR
|
||
|
||
- - -~rt----·c.
|
||
ll~llr;r~~l-1------illr~~ll,.l
|
||
|
||
- - I~~~~~ 11---------II~TAU 1~1 10 Sheets-Sheet 10.
|
||
|
||
E. GRAY.
|
||
|
||
ELECTRO-liA:RXtJli'IC P:RIJ'TII'G TELEG!.APES.
|
||
|
||
N0 • 179,54 9.
|
||
|
||
Pa.t.enr.ed 1u1y 4, 1876 ..
|
||
|
||
WITNESSES
|
||
|
||
B!! li.t .1.ffornt!J
|
||
|
||
D'r'T"E.l't"TO R
|
||
ElisJa. Cra.y.
|
||
|
||
- - ""'~""'--oc
|
||
11~11~~~1-1-----illr~~ll,.l
|
||
|
||
- --- I~II~'Ztll--------II~TAU I~ -UNITED STATES PATENT ·OFFICE.
|
||
|
||
ELISHA. GHA Y, OF CHICAGO, rr. r.,., .ASSlGSOR, DY MESNE ASSlGNME~TS, TO
|
||
THl~ HAltllONIC T.ELEHRAPH COlfPANY, OF NE\V YOUK CITY.
|
||
IMPROVEMENT IN ELECTRO•HARMONIC PRINTING·TELEGRAPHS.
|
||
|
||
Specification fonniug part of Letters Po1tnnt Yo. 1 '79••149, dated Jnly 41 1876; aptllioation Bled April 12, 1:j76.
|
||
|
||
To n.ll trlunn it ma.y cmtccJ·Ir.:
|
||
|
||
He i_t ]mown that 1, BLtSIIA GRAY, of Chi· c:tgn, m the connty of Uonk ancl ~tnto ot" I IIi·
|
||
|
||
uoi~, han; iu,·ontccl a now anti useful ..:\.a·t of
|
||
|
||
Electro- I lm·monie Tcle~llHI·l'l'iuting and illl ~mprm·etl Electa·o-llnrmonic 'folt,grnph-Priut-
|
||
|
||
mg Apparatn:i, of which the followin•-r is a
|
||
|
||
specification :
|
||
|
||
"
|
||
|
||
lly pt·t~seut ill\"<•ntinn is U!~C~ ~u a.s~
|
||
|
||
~enHJl' <!!t't!tt~o:Tr.n'milnfc tclt~ghlplay tlcscribetl
|
||
|
||
pnrticulu.r type selootctl, aml to actttate the tl.·t~liug lllcclumi~lll uy th·~ typo thu~ 891Cctecl; ;~oaul, ninth, to control· tho t>rintiug mechauisan
|
||
|
||
by menus of a compound ma.guet constituting,
|
||
|
||
iu fact, t&. single one.
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
Tbc:ro oujec~ts I attnin by certain novel at>·
|
||
|
||
stt•1n1r1ncttui~onhearneldtiicifotemr:bSienta-rtoiot-ntrsr,:o..rmewhnioclh"t!t~'.:lC•PO•'n··
|
||
|
||
ratus form ~• t,ortion of the subject-matter of
|
||
|
||
my iuYeution, which is hnreim1.ftcr specifically
|
||
|
||
111 smuh·y Lt~ttel"M Patent of the Unitccl Stutes- dusiguated.
|
||
|
||
g111!ttccl to me within the tt:L~t year, and iu ~~U·tWeelftlMlD~iA{J ..._....,. wtu:~t~_an
|
||
|
||
nu·rons applicaticm~ tor Lettc1~ Patent of the npt,amtns emuodying all my impro~emeuts
|
||
|
||
lJuitt•cl ~tatcs matle uy me, ancl no'v poneling. in the he~t WilY no\v kuo,vu to me. Ou,·iomr-
|
||
|
||
or 'rhe ul tit·e~s Clt' i 11 \_"_OI_a_tioa~: art~, Ur~t,. to_l~Ji_!llt ly, hO\t'C\"er, the clt,tails of. con~o~trnction of tho
|
||
|
||
111)" t·~ SpitOill
|
||
|
||
tewgrai)lay a.pp:ll'a.tus may 00 grently \"U.I'il~l in t'rLriOll~
|
||
|
||
tu tho printiug of a mes~mgc h~· lllt!IUII'I of wa.ys without cleparting fl·om the priuciple of
|
||
|
||
hull•pcaulcutly -mcn·aolc type, aut! by nll':llls my iu\·cntion; <Lilt I ~ome of my impro\·emonts
|
||
|
||
of mt•c:ltauism tlamwu into action uy the dc;- ruay l>c nsotl without tho oti.Jers, ami iu :lppa-
|
||
|
||
}n·c:-~:.inn ut' a licy at- the transmittin~a..sta.tinn, ratus clitfering in comstrnctiou fl'OIIl tunt hero·
|
||
|
||
withnnt ncct·!ol~itatiug the •~mplosrucmt of i:oto· cht·uuonsly-mm·ing type-wheels, or of waiting
|
||
fu1· mcclmuism to r<'gistct· nccm·atel\' ueftu·e
|
||
pl'intiug·; KPcoaul, to pl'int a. message on a
|
||
|
||
in shown. lfy impro,·ctl appa.a·atus consists of t\VO
|
||
main poa·tinns-a. tJ'il.nsmitter nncl a. rcceh·er. ~·igm·e l l'eprt•st!llt:i a phm or top ,·iew oC
|
||
|
||
lettcl'·lilwet, t.rpc·\\Tih•t· tiashiuu, by tho dil·ect the transmitter, with portions of the ea.•dug opt•t·atiou of l~c,rs at the tramunitting.st;ition a·emm·ccl, tu show the internal construction cuuu·ulliug local hattm·ies actuating the print· moa·t~. clc;u·ly. Fig. 2 represents t\ n~t·tieal in;.: mechanism; thirtl, to tm.usmit a ~,.l'ies of longitncliaml .sectiun ti.Jt·ongh the tmnsmitter,
|
||
|
||
touc:i uf clitt'ct'l'llt pitch throng-It au c.•lc.•ctric circ:nit, each tone iaull•penclently a.dnatiug a local hattc.•a·y, to pl"iut a lt•ttet·, :-~i~n! m· chamc· h.·~· COI'l"l~!'\f'Oillliu;_: WitlJ tfmt of the p:u·ticulat• key cor\trulliug tlw turll'; fum·th, tn clet<•t·r·uim·~ iu ath'flucc.·, thron~h the action of :L local uatter~·, whic~h ouc.• of a. ~cl'it•s uf lettc.·t·.s, nnm11c.•rs, ot· charactPr:-;, actnatc.•d lJy a commou nwtm·, sha!i he priutc.~tl; tifth, to dc.•tt!l'ruinc,
|
||
|
||
on the liuc 1 1 of Fig. 1. ·Fig. 3 is a hottom plan ,·iew of the tmu~auitter, showiu~ tim IIIPthml of rnnniug tlJ~ cil·cuits. Fig. 4 i~ n bacli \'iew Of Olle set Of tl"illll'llllittin;,;·rt!ecl.s. Fig. 5 i~ a tlia~m.m showiug the mcthml of l'llllning tim maiu aucl lucal circuits through a single tl'illtsmittiug-key i\llll \'ihrating reecl of a sl'l·it ~. Fie;. G is '' plan ot· top \'ic-nv of rhe rccci\·iu~ <lppanltns, ou the line 2 2 ot•
|
||
|
||
iu :uh·aucc.•, tlw puiut on the lc.attt•r-shl'c.'t at Fi:.;. 10. Fi;.:. 7 is n. bottom plan \'iew ot" tho wlaich the priutiug- of tlal' lllt'S:iil_g'O shalllwg-iu; top plate of tho l'l'Cc.~h·ea·. Fig. S is a. \·ertical
|
||
|
||
~i:<th, tu um,·e a particul:tr tyvc to tlau poiut lon;.;it.lllliu&d ~cctiuu tlael·etha·bn~h, 011 tlw liuti
|
||
|
||
at which the priutiu:: i.s clune.•, &UHI there to lllillic its impression npou tho papt•t· hy rueaus ot' llll'chani~m tut·own iuto action hy the mm·c· mc·ut of tire t-~·pe it:-;l'lt'; SL'\·t·uth, to fcc.•«! the Jlil[lt'l' upou which tlae llll'ssage is pl"intetl, h~·
|
||
|
||
! 4 of Fig. 7. Fi;.:-. !J is u t-ralls\'t•rse S~f:tiou on t-lw liuc .j ;j of Fig.::;. Fi~. 10 is;\ \·crtical lougitncliual scctiou ou tile line ;j 3 of Fig. G. l•'ig-. II is a top \iew of the_. appat·atn~ for c:u·rying the paper, ·:·l.llll Ii'ig. lta is a. ,-~rtic:\1
|
||
|
||
u u llll'chauislll thrown into operation by tho tmnsn~t·~o sc.•ctiutt tht•a·cth_l·on~h on tho linu
|
||
|
||
ptiutin:; of the prccediu~ letter; <·i~hth, to
|
||
|
||
ot" Fig. 11. .Fig. 1~ is a. cletail \'iew of a
|
||
|
||
tlett·t·m i uc, iu :u h·a nee, what part ienhu· letter . portion of the local cil·cni t· breald ng mecha.n·
|
||
|
||
• of a Sl•rit·~ shall be pt·intl'd, to nctunte the isru which relcasc.!s the papt>l' cat'l·yin~ uwch·
|
||
printiu:; IUcclaani.sm uy tho lllO\"CUleUt of tlJo 1 auism. Fig. l:J is .... similar \'icw of another
|
||
|
||
- - 11.,11~~~~·-------illr~~ll,.l
|
||
|
||
- - 1~11~11---------II~TAJII~
|
||
|
||
~-
|
||
|
||
-
|
||
|
||
1un·tion of the same appn_ratus. Fig. 14: is a 1 any key connects ·the main batte~·y to Jhae
|
||
|
||
clc~tuil· \"icw of. the paper-fcelling upparntns , thron,;rh it.~ cor~SllOmliug tran~mitter. E~eli
|
||
|
||
fur :ipacing .the lines of the m~ngc•• Fig. 15 I ot"tlle thirteen keys auO\"C·IDc.mtiout..~l has it~
|
||
|
||
iti a hottom pia~ ,-icw of the parts sho"·u iu o"·n iaul~pt!nc.ltmt analyzer c.Lt til~ receh·ing
|
||
|
||
}..i:,:. 6,. showin~ tl.w mml~ of ruuuing the cir- eucl of the line.
|
||
|
||
cuit..s•• Fig. IH is lL lletail \"ie,,- suo,viug tlle In the present arrangement the organization
|
||
|
||
1twtlwtl of running the circuits of tlle print· is such that there ~Lre tw~nty-se\·en printing-
|
||
|
||
iJLg aaul paper- feeding Plccllauism. Fig. l 7 is ' type at the receh·ing-eml of the liue, col·r~
|
||
|
||
ta..skeleton tlingnlm of tllc 1·eceh·ing aaul trnus- spomting with the letteretl keys, as will here-
|
||
|
||
mitting mechanism~, showing the tuetllod of iuafter ue more fully explained.
|
||
|
||
connecting tile cir,:uit~. Ji'ig. 18 i:s ~\n enu Tlaese type_ ilre ILrrn.ugcd · iu sets of three,
|
||
|
||
,·ie\\·, and Fig. 19 a ~ide ,-icw, of the compound one of each s~t being operatOtl uy each let· armlyzing rt!ceh·er. Figs. !!U and 21 are de- tered k~y. \Vhich one of tbe~ tlu·ee letterS
|
||
|
||
tail \·iew:s of the :Jlmnting-piu~ of the <Lnalyz. ~ball be 1•rinted is determined l>y dcpressiu:.;.
|
||
|
||
iug-~prin:,:, nutl l"i:;. !!:.! shows a plilu \"iew of oue of the shifting-key~ 1 2 3, which operate
|
||
|
||
a star- wheel, for actuating tile type. ~hifting the type-shifting mechanisu1 of the recch·er
|
||
|
||
Jc,·crs, detachctl.
|
||
|
||
·
|
||
|
||
in sucb lDanuer tllat, in the present iustauce,
|
||
|
||
'fhc transmitting apparatus sla0\\"11 in the when the key l i~ clepressetl, the depression of
|
||
|
||
nccornpauying drawings is substantially simi· the lettered keys will priut the letters on the
|
||
|
||
la.t·, in its gcmcrdl con:-;trnctiou, to Lbat shown row included between tlle letters E aml .N iu
|
||
|
||
iu Letten~ Pat~n t of the U n itec.l States, grant- Fig. 1. When liey 2 is dcpresseu, the 11.itltllo
|
||
|
||
eel to me Fl•bmary 16, 1876, as Yo. 17:>,618, ro'v of letters only will bo printell at tll-e re-
|
||
|
||
with the e.scl'ption her~inafter stated.
|
||
|
||
ceh·iug csul of the line; ami '"hen key 3 is lie·
|
||
|
||
In thbs instance tlw appm·atus is Ut!signetl pre~sed, thea type corre~()Oildiug \Vith the out~r
|
||
|
||
fm· printinA' tweuty-sc,·en characten~, and fur row only will be actell ULJOU. When the key
|
||
|
||
opc~na.tin~ a trippiug apparatus, ''"he1·ehy the marlcecl •'trip" i:~ detlress~tl, it operates tore·
|
||
|
||
JWintingmcclmuism lLt the a·ecui\·iug t!Ud ufLhe store. the paper-ca1·ryiug JULochauism to it~ uor-
|
||
|
||
liaao ma.y be automaticallr re~to1-ed to its nor- naal positiou or starting.point, as will be he•·o-
|
||
|
||
mal position (hU'iug any portion of its oper:L· iuafter more fully ~xplained.
|
||
|
||
tum of printiug a Hue.
|
||
|
||
In the orgunizntiou sho\VU i.n the drawings,
|
||
|
||
In oa·der to ~woitl tbe complication of using the keys 1 2 3 are operatec.l independently of
|
||
|
||
t:ft·t·uty~cigbt clitlercnt lic~·s aaul tlleir coa"re· t.he lette1·ed k~ys or tt·ip-key; bnt \Vl.aen either
|
||
|
||
Hponcling transwitting-rcecls, I lun·e tle,·ised of aaic.luumi.Jerecl keys is depressed, it makes
|
||
|
||
uy nu~anM wjwrehy the ''"hole t\\"Cil ty-t-igh t char· no difference \vherc the lettet·ecl ~~ys are
|
||
m:tc-rl'l tuay be transmittcct the employment t.onched, as they can only rn·int the le,ter of
|
||
|
||
uf uinc pt·imary keys, three :o~hifting-keys, ancl the ro\v correspondiug with the numbered key
|
||
|
||
a ~• trip-liey," thus recluci11g the rmu1u~r of clcJ,ressctl.
|
||
|
||
lit~pl t•mployetl more than orac-haif.
|
||
|
||
As a mouitlcation of this device I contem-
|
||
|
||
'l'he pl'imiu-y 1\:eys arc each mnrketl with plate so constructing- tLnc.l combining tllekeys thl'ce Tt•ttcrs, rnuiahcrN~ or characters, ami to- thut each letter Mhall l>e ruouutocl on an iudt..a..
|
||
|
||
. getbnr \Vitia the t&·ip-l,cy ami slaiftiug-kP.rs are pendent mo,·aule section, attachetl to the h.""ey :trnmgc.~l organ-tiashicm, n~ shown in Fig. 1, by a tnOVi,lJie connection, .in snell m~l.nneL· that,
|
||
|
||
011 n suitable ua.~o bmu-cl or fram~, A, npou \Vbeu a particular letter is tl~tu·essctl it sllall
|
||
|
||
which the trausmittillit·l'ceds arc monntcd, in oper-.1te tlle coa·responuiugly~uumbe&·.ed key,
|
||
|
||
the manut•t· lilaowu iu tht~ clr<L\t"ings.
|
||
|
||
and thus cause it to abit't tlle prot)Cr_ type
|
||
|
||
or In m·cll·r tu :iCCIUC CUII\·cmicucc of con:-;trUC· without the necessity ~uclliug uqth tlle
|
||
|
||
tiCJu, ancl a '~ompuet aa·a·augt•uaeut, the series lettered and tbe tr·ip koy, as is necessary un-
|
||
|
||
n oo of tr~1nsmitt iu~-a·cl•tls aru aa·rauge•l in two sets, der the organization shown iu the drawings. B', nt" simila~ ':onJitrnction auonutetl upon Tui~ result can readily attainc.~<;J. in two
|
||
|
||
thn ua.o;e-holu·cl uf tit~ f.-ame, as sho,vn.
|
||
|
||
ways; first, by rnl'a.ns of a cout~\ct-point ou
|
||
|
||
. 'fbc bmlicu Iiut•s in Fig. 1 t·epresent the conrwctiun ot' tlw kcy.s with· the transmitter~. l··i~.:.; :o~hows a \"icw of tlac connet:tions a:o~ ill"· l'allt;L'il lt••11eath the ua:\o-uuarcl c.li1-ectly ltlt(ler tho ta·:ms:nitt,~t·s Fig-. ;j z:shows a mcthml in '' Ish:h the main :mel lu•~n.l batteries arc coli·
|
||
|
||
the ke.r which ~h"!ll closo the circ:tit or tone of the propel·ly-nnmhcrccl key, tim~ actuating th~ typt!·shifter at tho rc,:ci\·iug cwl of -tho Hue hetbrc th~ lettt•recl key closes its own cit·· cnit to actuate the tyrw. 'flais rcl$n1t rnay ahso l>e atta.iu~tl by coruhiuiug lc,·cra; or otln~r snit·
|
||
|
||
1wc·tecl with a single key aJHl \"ihmting rectl of nulc clevicc..'i councct.iu;.r'cach key with the contlw cii'Cnit. Each one is ~' duplicate of the tact-poiut of the numuet·c«l key, althoug-h I uthc.•a·, aucl their circnit-conucctiou:; ;lrc sui.>- prefer the fh;st-menticmccl plan, as being lcs~
|
||
|
||
:-;ta11t.ia1Jy similar to tJao:-~c shown aucl clescril>ctl complicated. iu Ill.\· pa tC'Iat elf' Fehruar.'· 16, 187H~ auo\·e-men· 'l·llc nuumcr iu which the transmitters aml
|
||
|
||
timwcl; aaul as they, mua·l"'O\'er, will be reaclily rccei\·c1·s l\l"C conuectt!d will rene lily ue nmlcruuclt·a·stnml front tlw figure, :L detail cleserip· !"tood uy iu~pc(:tion of Fig. 17, in which 1, !!! tiun uf tho conl'4trnctinn and opct·ation of tl.tcsc ami 3 rctu·c~cnt the nnml>crctl keys, anti :S \\
|
||
|
||
raa·ts is tll•t•mt~clunnc.•<"('S8:u·\".
|
||
|
||
a lettered l~e'"· It shoulcl ue statctl, howcn~l'.
|
||
|
||
Ju tht• uper:\tion of this apparntUS tho cir· that tlJO loc;Ll lJattl•ry of the tl"illlSU~ittc_l' is
|
||
|
||
-11~11~~~~·-------.--~.1. 117~~11,-.1 cnit i~ nuJ wnlty O!Jcu, lrut the depre~:Jsion of ou1ittctl iu thi:s ti;;urc, to a\·oitl cowpl1cat1ou,
|
||
|
||
- - I ~IIINZJII--------II~¥ill~ 3
|
||
|
||
hut it is shm,-n in Fig. 5. The clcprl'sNion of cithc1· Jmy close'~ both tbc main mul local cir-
|
||
cnits of t.hc transmitter, aml ~muls to line ,·i-
|
||
bra.timas or impnl~c:s ot" the electro-tone or \"i· bra.tin~ recti co1·rcsponcling with the lwr.
|
||
These Yil>rntimas pass through the magnet 'u
|
||
|
||
other mechanism not sho\\·n in the npp1ief\o tiun a.hm·c uwntiuncll. In thili im"tance t.he ma,:uets (J (.;1 arc monutctl npou h:mt (.,"~ U' cunnccting their respective poles, :uul munntl!tl in a frame, D, (sen Fig~. lH mul19.) whida also sho\V a methmlof mounting tho \·iurating rnus
|
||
|
||
U1 of the armlyzing-recch·cr, mul n.rc rcpt·oclncctl on the corrcsponcliug ,·ibrating tnnetl
|
||
|
||
u.ncl
|
||
It
|
||
|
||
circnit-hrcnking spl'ings. shonlcl be ol>ser,·cd that
|
||
|
||
th~
|
||
|
||
har
|
||
|
||
markccl
|
||
|
||
bar or 1-eccll 2 3 or N W. Each bnr is pro- 14. in Fig. 18 is inopel'~\th·c in the m·gani~ation
|
||
|
||
\"icletl with a circuit-breaking le\·cr, b, \"iln-at·
|
||
|
||
LinegttmerosreP~si\Ot\etn"lty
|
||
|
||
than the l>ar, No. 160,004:,
|
||
|
||
as tlescribccl in g1·anted t.o me
|
||
|
||
Jnly 27, 1~7t':i. 'rhese circuit-breaking le\·crs
|
||
|
||
eoutrol a locnl batter)·, L B, No. 1, which re·
|
||
|
||
ibtnlcugr~etifrnraabnmestmeorielt>tyedrem.scernTi.bnhesedbo. iflum·isn,•nsinnrclgacntocontnlecto~prtirlnc•stslpnow.•aiudtlh',·
|
||
|
||
(shown in ing mmle
|
||
|
||
~"igs. 20 aml 21,) one adjuRt;lble, as sbo\t"tl
|
||
|
||
inst~~t,oigfsp.ilnS~aumul-
|
||
|
||
mains no1·umlly closed, aml is short-eircuitetl 10, by "et-screws, or other,vise, :nul admit of
|
||
|
||
t.ltrongh the,·ibrntingl>arsoranalyzing-springs the proper tuning of the bars to cot·rcspoml
|
||
|
||
ami Jc,·ers auove tileutioncd. Eacb aualyz- "·itb their transmitter8. ing-spriug is pro,·itletl witb a loot> }lassing I will now proooed to describe the organi,;:'·
|
||
through a con-espomling loc;\l magnet, 1, 10, tiou I hn,·o l'ifectetl for ~\ctuntiug tuc type·
|
||
|
||
1rc1s,pocrct1i!!n,~tlhye,
|
||
|
||
te to
|
||
|
||
rminals o( which lootl the analyzing-spring
|
||
|
||
connect, ancl ,,-itb
|
||
|
||
shifting aml h"t>e-actuating mrchanism, so Ul'l to canso one ·le\·er to l\Ctnate either one of
|
||
|
||
its circuit l>rea.kiug le,·er. so that \\"hen the tlu·ce type. circmit-un•aJdng Je,·er is out of contnct \t'ith Fig. 7 rep1·csents a plan \"iew of the typeit:-~ \"ihrating-lmr the shnnt or sbo1·t circuit is bet.l, showing a scrie!'1 of guideway~ or groo,·cs
|
||
|
||
talicn ofl" from its corrc:Jponcliug magnet, aml rmlia\ting· from :\ common center, in each nf
|
||
|
||
the current tiO\ys turough the magnet; but which a tYpe slides freely etul wise. In the
|
||
|
||
when the ,·iurating bnr aml circnit-l>rcakng ltwer ~ll'O in contm:t, the shunt comes into play, anti no current passes tbrongh the magnet.
|
||
'I he circnit-lu·caldng <le,·icc!'1, as abo,·e rc-
|
||
|
||
present instance the organization is such that each type succes~in~ly mo,·es to '' common center, u.ml i~ struck np against a plu.t~n, to
|
||
mnke an impression on the paper tmL·rietl therel>r, :1nc.l i~ then retracted ont of the war
|
||
|
||
marh·:l, aa·r shnwn iu my patent of July 27' of the snccec•ling one, n.ll these operations UC· ·1~75; lmt the metlaocl of runnin~ the ch·cuits ing pct·formctl antomatic;dly. In thi:s iustn.nco antl actuating the magnets herein show·n· js the type is !iho,,.n as m~ulc in tue fonn of l~
|
||
|
||
new.
|
||
|
||
l>ent le,·ct·, with the letter put on the encl o(
|
||
|
||
:Four Yihrating bars only arc shown in Fig. the sbo1·t arm ot' the let"er, as lUO\"ing furwartl
|
||
|
||
l7, to aYoitl compli<:ation; hnt it will, of rmlialJy to their \t"ol'ldng vosition, and then,
|
||
|
||
emu·l"e, oo
|
||
rt•sl''m'l in
|
||
|
||
nntlerstootl thnt the ammbc1· with their
|
||
|
||
lt>raar.snwsmiiltl ticuo~r--
|
||
|
||
ueing struck la.tt1!rally to make their hupt"t,S· sioaa, retracting in tue same ,,·a.y as tlwy ,ul-
|
||
|
||
l,:l·ys-tlmt is to say, in tho pt•t•snnt instauct·, tht!l'l' wonlcl be thirteen in nmnbct·, ench bell'
|
||
|
||
\';mcetl. The type
|
||
|
||
are
|
||
|
||
a.ctnat~tl
|
||
|
||
by
|
||
|
||
a
|
||
|
||
'f'iura.tiug
|
||
|
||
~hif'tct··
|
||
|
||
''"ill hthai,s·iuiug~tiatn~ceownninelomnpagnnmeltsloacracl
|
||
|
||
mn~net. employed
|
||
|
||
In for
|
||
|
||
lon~r, "·hich I The details
|
||
|
||
of
|
||
|
||
thneo's~uillfetsicnri~l>mc.cclmuism
|
||
|
||
ru·e
|
||
|
||
actuating' the t.ype-thn•t5 t'ot· the shit'tiu;: shown in Fi:.:s. H. 7, S, 9, 10, 17. aml 2!!. In
|
||
|
||
IIH.•chauism, aml one for the tripping mcchnn· thi:s instance the tweuty-se,·en type shown in
|
||
|
||
ism.
|
||
|
||
Fig. 7 arc arrangml iu sets of three, cm·t·e·
|
||
|
||
lu Fig-. G the rclatinl nrt·an:.:cmcnt of the spomling ''"itll the respecth·e tl·au.sutitting·
|
||
|
||
uiuc type-actuating' ma~ucts, 1 to tt, aml the s~hliwtw'tuiu.g- 111:1:-Jllcts 10, 11, awl 1:? arc clearly
|
||
|
||
keys. 'l'llc
|
||
|
||
opel'ation
|
||
|
||
of
|
||
|
||
the
|
||
|
||
t~·pc
|
||
|
||
~ltifting
|
||
|
||
:uul
|
||
|
||
pl'int-
|
||
|
||
iug mechanism will readily be nttderstuocl hy
|
||
|
||
-,l~llr;r~~l-1-----1117'~~11,-.1 I lla,·ing- t1111s illtlieatt!tl in ~\ geucral way the metlwcl nf rnnniug the circuits, I wHl now pro· actltmitultu:ewhlnp"i•op'locorp.e:~lJrucauctu·aue~l,nhluurwC'~wsittea-atttm'ciluatiisohueluwtiiniluoiht\~otclc~sc"tlt~ri,w~l.ltec.rlJdi'clo•1acselwoulsl'mthn:tSchrs;~m•tt,crcdato,thoiahcanrlhur~cp'nriHt.w.bscpem.e•oicCrl,msnotti'fhlYahi~c'cr:oaf&\hu~xheiihtgclfaUmhceoltlnttdrtwItt.}il\I•alhel·wCuncap,.ttenultit,tJclaus·asyscalf.eiHig•montortnclOiiJsil&ug·uIbmtiH'ct,hmtLl·ao.plstor:a•c.ofi·m~:csn~bttn;iulrttimlielehatrahtlt'uulaarrlihu·itesSlu~cc.lni!lnhamlsollm'racPtettreaetawcilaanlcio.mttat1p;iletunlCt:upc•hpluOnalauiu·cititwaJillntc'~ltnySrtc1s~c}ml•roohCal)ltlrv.huyl"-ft.··f,
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
1
|
||
|
||
rtk\\l~e"'·t.y'pcer1-eIsnfhiciscifttiitiiours~stcFlleic~u~il~·l.c·ylp~•1rccl;1'~,tcotw~~ph,3.ricitnahh1tu11sstlhh,o~e.,cwllneesctttltttit~•hu•t··ge·:l~:~\t·e,hiyh,ttr·haeX,oe. }tsmi'hOoe~nIumIsltttaltWot"olrlollft'illn'lCtehtehtsheyeruecceho\d'.lIrU'lo3'l"ll":!.ll~tll(l~~tgOm'nlg'&'l~}itwCsu\~1"tCthall'elJb~It.eh}sP(e.~uOatJlmtIlW' Suttllh_Iawle·l coanlmlm.nao'fe&utauntt~laghctk.1atne-e10acsse:J!ltltO.'ommaw.ffc1t•sa~ti,shlt\jrhhet;~uilJuafmtc.cthSth,tc.C·saa~ecr•l·l·'r·lalfe•ah,y·l·Sy'yta:gt.ilrorsnlt,,lat'lg!oloaclst'aupntth,eetl.cslitt1~tltlhSl•al.:aet'l,rgltot-oll"aaowuw·c.rlwropolhamlnlot:seJ'·tauceg=rtlt"lc'nhl,nswa.IpcrFttncth:,~\t;aue:"homlcl1alfr~lmtv)l'l"l,_~a't_t1h~t.1~_''~•~tl~I:a·l"b~,l·t~
|
||
|
||
- - I~II~AII-------IIl~ThJII~ 1 19,3<19
|
||
|
||
~ada st•t. of the t~·tu~-actnnting magnets 1 to 9, auism forward n. tlistancc sntlicicnt to ufftll'tl
|
||
|
||
iuc~iush·H. On tlu..· a1·nmtlu·o of ~nch of th~s\! SIMCC tor the uc~t·lctter, in a manm~r ~imil;~a·
|
||
|
||
am1~1wts is mountr.•l ;a. ro•l. TJ. mo,·ahle racliul- to au ordiu<lry ~·ritcr. This procc:~s is rt~
|
||
|
||
Jy mul crulwi~e in the fm.me li, azul carrying peutcd with each sncces:\h·c letter.
|
||
|
||
npou. it ;' rtH:ldn;: shiftor-har projecting both \Vhcn the pupf~r · calT~·iug uaechani~m ha.s
|
||
|
||
aiKJ\'C aucl heiO\\" it. Tho lower entl of this bt•on t'ed along ., distance <'qual to the length
|
||
|
||
lmr ~:~liclc~ in the cm·rcsponding ~lot in the ot" tlw line "'bicb tho malchiuc i:oJ ntljnstetl to
|
||
|
||
staa·-wht•el a.bo,·e mention~l, while its upper print, the feet.l-carriage Y strikes a Ju~:, o, on
|
||
u, t•ucl mo,·cs in a path coincitlent '"ith one or a slitliug- bnr, and mon~s it cuclwis~ iu its
|
||
|
||
tho otber of the typc-t41ith~s in which it i~ frame until its point o' come:.'~ in <~ontuct with
|
||
|
||
a.clnptttcl to \l'Orlc, n~ shown in li'ig. 9.
|
||
|
||
a. spring, p, which closes the local hattPI'Y of
|
||
|
||
Now, when the ;'rmaturc-le\"c:.'r E is attract· the nmguct tG. ThiN draws clown an m·um-
|
||
l'd. ns nho,·c explained, the rooking ot the ture ruonnted on a lc,·er, U, rocking on a pi\·ot,
|
||
|
||
shifting-fmmc E' causes ~• partial rotation of ,., and cm·rying tho gmtr-wheel u.bo,·e men-
|
||
|
||
the Mtar-whc<.'l, which corrP~:~pon•lt~ntly shifts tionetl, which actunte~t th~ f~ed · har. 'fhc
|
||
|
||
the po~itinn ot' the whole series of ~hitler- tlra\\'iug down ot" the m·matnrc lift:~ this ~ear
|
||
|
||
ba.rs. In this instance the hilr tlcscl'ibetl ont of coutact wit.h tho fect.l-bar, awl the pa-
|
||
|
||
woultl be shit'tecl to tho position sho~·u in pcr·C:ll'l'yin~ mcchauism is irnmecliatcly rc·
|
||
|
||
clotted lines~ Fig. !J, mu.rked \Tith the lette1· :S', tracted by the spring 11''. 1,he platen iu this
|
||
|
||
which \l'otdcl corresporul \Yith the position of instance <."Onsist~ ot" ., roller aronml which the
|
||
|
||
that lc.•tter in [•"ig. 7, a.ncl each shiftea·-bar pnper pnsses, "·hich roller rotates in hmuiugs
|
||
|
||
w~mltl occnpy the same relation to the IP.tters in the sliding carria:rc. Dming itl'l forwm·d
|
||
|
||
"r inclmlt•cl bctwec:.'n E aml Y of Fig. 1. 'Vero mo,·cment the plnten is pre\·ontad from rotat-
|
||
the shifter-bar ,·ertical or on the lett~r eaeh ing by means of a series of pins, .v, on a wheel,
|
||
|
||
Hhiftl~r-hnr \\"onltl occnpy a cm-i-e~ponding ru- S, ou the s;,mc a.xis as the platen. which pins
|
||
|
||
luti011 to the miclclle rO\Y of Jcttl•rs in Fi:,!. 1, pa~l'l on each sicle of n. ~uiclc-bar, 8'. On tho
|
||
|
||
unu so in regard to the outer row. This backward u10vement ot' the slitlhtf., c:u·riagl',
|
||
rno\·cuu.mt tal\es pluce before the t~·pe-acttmt· IJo~·en~r, OUl• of these pius stril\l's ag-aiu~t a
|
||
|
||
iug ntechauism bc.•gins to operate. <Lild COUSe· pi\·oted ~pring·S\\"itch, t, nncler the guitlt~·bm•,
|
||
|
||
quently, this mo,·cment i~ cxertetl npon the wllich dettects the llins at11l tm·ns the ph1ten
|
||
|
||
type or ~cries ot' t~·pe~ pre\'iously tletcl·mincd aclistauce t•qtml to that clcsirctl tor the clis-
|
||
|
||
hy the shiftiug mc:.'clmuisrn.
|
||
|
||
tance llctwetan tbt• rows of type. On the 11\Xt
|
||
|
||
The a.rmatnre II of the mnguet 1 is con- forward rno\·emeut of the f't!ecling-cnrriage the
|
||
|
||
nccted with and actuates the ~lidl•-bar alJo,·o point of the spring-switch yield~ to n11ow the
|
||
|
||
rneutionctl, which carries the shifter-baa·. In pin to pass without turning the platen, «Uul
|
||
|
||
this iustnnce~ as soon as the shifting-bar is as soon as tile pins pass the point. of the switdt
|
||
|
||
Abit'tcd in line with the t~'JlC .N, the armature it is thro,vu open again by a spring iu rl•acli-
|
||
|
||
li is attl~tctt!tl by the maguct 1, which force~:~ ness for the next backward movcmcnt of the
|
||
|
||
the slicling rod L arul shifter forward against t!=~•·riage after the priutiug of tbe line is com·
|
||
|
||
the type, thn~ th·h·ing it for\vard in its groove plett..ocl.
|
||
|
||
to the central point of the umcbine where the 'l,h~ carriage can l>c turown l>ack at any de-
|
||
|
||
impression is umcle.· At thii momtmt a COil· sired point in the line by pressing the trip-
|
||
|
||
tact-point, i, on tbe armature U~ strilie:J a kl~y of the t&'i\Usmitter, which, throngh a cor-
|
||
|
||
point \Vhich closes the circuit of the iratle- rc~poruling aual~·zing-spriug in the recein~r,
|
||
|
||
pen~lcnt local battery and actuates a series of throws the ·local circuit into connection with
|
||
|
||
clectro-nmgnl'ts, 15, 14, and 13, t.he t\vo latter the magnet 16 iu the same manner a~ tba.t tie-
|
||
|
||
operating on one armature. The attr~ction sc:t·ihed as t.'1.king place by the operation ot" the
|
||
|
||
ot' the armature I by the DlnguPt 15..tltrows ~lie ling bar, thus releasing the slitting carriage
|
||
|
||
up a. pl'iuting-le,·er, I', which ~trikes the t~·pe arul allowing it to 1·etnru to its startiug-poiut.
|
||
|
||
up ugaiust the pnper carrittd ora a platen, .J, It will thns be ohscr,·ed that the op~ratoa·
|
||
|
||
ami mal~es tho im(tress:(\u at the ~arne time at the transmitting-station is not only enabled
|
||
|
||
tho mag-nets 1:3 arull·! tlra\l" clowu their· arum- to print at the rec~h·iug-sta.tion au~· letter t.le-
|
||
tun•:K, Fig. to, which retracts the pawl k op· .sired, arul automatically to shift the paper to
|
||
|
||
l•ratin~ on a 8plll'-pinion, L, ~eariug into ~' commeuce n. ue\\' Jirw, type-writer fashion, but
|
||
|
||
ft·t~cliu~-rac·l~, /, conucctt•(l with tl•c paper car- he is al;;;o ermblcd to shift the sliding carriage ryiu;: ml'chani:;m. .As soon ns the l\l')" i:ot rc- at the rccci~·iug statiou nt' will hy mc:•11s of
|
||
|
||
kast~tl at the transmitting-station the circuit hi:~ trip-lu·y to commence a ucw liue.
|
||
|
||
ili sllliiiJ'l•tl, t1111~ rclensing the t~·pc-actuatiug I propose to employ a rihuon f~tl between
|
||
|
||
I a•·maturc of the magnet J, awl bl'l'tlldng the the paper ami tyzw by well-lmowu mechanical
|
||
c:i1·cnit of the pa·iutingmul paper-t'cctliug mag- menus, such as corumouly nsctl iu typc·writcrs,
|
||
|
||
nt•t:4 1::, U, :tllfl 1;1, which allows the type to which, to a\·oicl eomplicatinu, is not ~hown in
|
||
|
||
clmp :wei ue rt•tractccl by its spl'ing ll' to its the dl·awing:;, autl which ra~t·ds no tlescription.
|
||
|
||
nm·mul pu~>'itiou. A spt•in;:, k', then l'etrnct~ · I conteauplato n~iug a. welJ or long st1·ip ot'
|
||
|
||
1he al'lllaturc K of the nmgnets 13 nllll 14, paper, so a~ to tlilipensc '"ith the coul'4mnt
|
||
|
||
fua·ciug the pawl t'unnu·tl anti actmttiug the watching of the recci\'iug instrument by the
|
||
|
||
-11~-~~~~~·-----------··1~~~~·-~· fl--etl·h•n· ami mo\·ing the paper-carryiug mech· att~uc.laut, ant.l by IUe:lus of the trip-lie,\· aho\'c
|
||
|
||
- ·- ~~~~~~11---------II~TAJII~
|
||
|
||
JIJ('IItionetl the p."lpcr can be fed along sons to i mpt'P.ssion b~· that par .
|
||
|
||
lcaYe ~'space between e:1cb uaessnge to twrmit local ba.tte1·y antomatic:L tlu·o,vn into action
|
||
|
||
of their l>eing separated ami deliverotl with· . b)' tho 100\"CIUellt of the type.
|
||
|
||
out rewriting.
|
||
|
||
·
|
||
|
||
7. The hcrt!iu uefoa-e-de. ·riuetl art of elcctl"'-
|
||
|
||
1 mn thus cnnuled by m~· invention not only harmouic tel~graph·pa·iu iug, which consists
|
||
|
||
to print a telegraph-message \Vithout the nse in fecdiu~ fm·wartl the pc lCr upon \Vhich the
|
||
|
||
uy or i~ type-wheel, autl without the USC ot" S)"U· lllt.~:iliilge is printt.ad uy ruec a.nisrn thrown into
|
||
chrouomdy-mo,·ing step-by-step (or steatlily- OplH'atiou by a local uattCl". COiltl'Ollell the
|
||
|
||
rcvoh·il•g) mechanism ~neh as has heretofol·u tn·iuting of the ttrecediug I tter.
|
||
|
||
becu uni ,·ersally employed, ~o far att my know1· ti. 'rln~ henaiulJefore-uescr et.l art of electl'O•
|
||
|
||
edge extends, aull thus ~ave the time ueces· harmonic telegrallh·tlrintiu which consi~ts
|
||
|
||
sary for the type to come into pottition, tbe in touching a. key wbich trm smi~ a pa1·ticu·
|
||
|
||
operatol"~ ability to transmit ueiug tlms, by hu· toue, uy ~ one loca battery cletet··
|
||
|
||
my iu\·entiou, the only limit to tiJe Stteed or mines in ad,·auce whut 1,a1·tim ar lcttet• shall
|
||
|
||
the apparatus.
|
||
|
||
_
|
||
|
||
be printml; cutTies fUl"W&,rtl the ype sel"ctetl,
|
||
|
||
I am al~o euabletl by my inYention to print which, in turu, actuates another·
|
||
|
||
bu.ttm·y
|
||
|
||
n1essages in the fm·m of a page or letter-sheet \\'llich makeS· the impression ·alJ(l c ntrols tho
|
||
|
||
in contradistinction to printing it in a single feeding meehauism.
|
||
|
||
·
|
||
|
||
line aml on a narrow strip, as heretofore has U. The ~mbiuation, substantially. s herein·
|
||
|
||
been the case.
|
||
|
||
before se~'forth, of a recillrocating t\'l c Ul'O\"·}t.l
|
||
|
||
I am furth~r euabletl to tletermine in ad· iu one c.li.rectiou by the artUi\tm·e of 1 ect1 n-
|
||
|
||
'\"a.nce, by the transmission of one tone, 'vhich mugneti, aml in the other uy u. spl'ing
|
||
|
||
one of a series of type shall ruo\·e to um.ke its 10. ';rhe coruuination, snbstautiulJy \a-'4 heH~·
|
||
|
||
impression, by thro\ving it into connectioai inbefure set forth, of the armalnre ot~,~;o magwith mechanism actnatetl l>y the tone appt·o· net, .the emlwi~e·mo,·ing ft·ame, tho c ph··
|
||
|
||
printed. to ~be p~rt~cul~r type to uc pt·iuted. otet.l thereon. ant.l thP retl·adiug · ~f}l'ing at-
|
||
|
||
~clled directly to tlau type.
|
||
|
||
/
|
||
|
||
11. The comuiuntion, snu~tautial: u.s herO·
|
||
|
||
inl>efore set forth, of a serit."s o · t · ,e, mn,·a- -
|
||
|
||
ule radially relnth·cly to a. cnmm centm·, a
|
||
|
||
shipper acting upon oue of the sc ie~, ami a
|
||
|
||
series of el~tro·nmguct.s, \l"hich nt1·ol tllc
|
||
|
||
I action or the shipper.
|
||
|
||
1!!. Tlle combination, substantia y as h-Jro·
|
||
|
||
inbefore set tbrtu, of a. scrie:i o · l a cat··
|
||
|
||
riel' or shit'tet• ua.r actiug npon cit t:'l' one of
|
||
|
||
saitl typ~, a series of clcctl'O·III:t"' 1ets which
|
||
|
||
control tile selection of the t~·pc o he actcti
|
||
|
||
upon, and a. sccontl t'lcctro-magu wlucll1LCt·
|
||
|
||
ates the type sclectet.l•
|
||
|
||
• 'fhc comlJilmtion, snbstautic lly a~ here·
|
||
|
||
inbc re set fortiJ, of a st."ries of t • ' a. shift·
|
||
|
||
ing-ca ier acting upon one of the ,·pes of the
|
||
|
||
series, a~eries of eleetrO·III<lgn{'ts ' hich select
|
||
|
||
the type t~ Ue a<:tl~U ttp011 7 <1. ~CCOI tl cll~Ctl'O• magnet which actuates the t~·pc sd ·ctct.l, au
|
||
|
||
a thh·c.I electro· maguet wltieh ad att!'ol
|
||
|
||
printiug-hammer, to make au imt · • 1011
|
||
|
||
I whidt thi'O\\':S the local Oa.ttcry i11t0 operation. the sl'Jcctctl type. 4. The hercinbt.~forc-tlt•serihetl art of electro· 11. Tlu~ combin1.tion, 6nustaJ}-tiillly . s ltcre-
|
||
|
||
lt;untollie tdcg-r~*trintiu~, which consists ill inueforc set fo1·th, of au c~tro·umg ct fur ch·tl'l'miuing in at nlllCl', thmngh the action actr&a.Liu~ tho l~r-lta~ct·, alUl an c'fcctm·
|
||
|
||
<tf nuc local uattery, which o11e of a series of 1 magnet for actu:Lting t ' paper-feeding 'mcch-
|
||
|
||
lPttl-1'1", 11umhers, ot·chnractcrs shalllJe printctl auisru.
|
||
|
||
\
|
||
|
||
i hy mcchanisut actuatctl uy au other local bat· 1J. The comlJiu ion, snbst:mtiaiJy as :lwro-
|
||
|
||
tt~r~.
|
||
|
||
iuheforc set ro· l, in an electric cil·cuit* ot' n.
|
||
|
||
5. The impro\"Ctl at·t of c){'ctm,. harlliOIIic vi orating rcoo prodncing a lllllsica.l totie, or
|
||
|
||
tell';,:-raph·tlrintiug-, which consists in deter- a c.lctinito uumher of \'ibr:'ltionli per n~'it of
|
||
|
||
u;iuin~ i11 .U'rvaucc, by means uf: uuc local
|
||
hat tl'l'y, the point at which the prin\ing o( the
|
||
|
||
rtieu:a-pc,onat.li~ucgouretcrtoi Jaltintghesali'tll'e,t·'iih\·ti·au~tieonn.tsl,
|
||
|
||
•~·
|
||
|
||
cot·· the
|
||
|
||
u~t's:-\agt', hy another local uattcry,tshall uc· l!•w, a local ba_ttel} cuutrull•••l by xaul thm.•
|
||
|
||
g111.
|
||
|
||
\
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
tutg rcct.l or eu·cmt-urcakcr~ .uul an ~e ·tro·
|
||
|
||
H. TltP herein hcft>t:_e-dc.scriuctl art f electro- ma:;nct, the armatm·c of w laich carl'ies a;~· ·pc
|
||
|
||
h:ll'lllullic tclc~raph..:ls·inting, whic 1 cousist~ for the pnrpose spccilictl.
|
||
|
||
in tlmmiug- fOl'\\':Ll'tl a particnlar t. ll' to ue lfi. The cmuhiuatiou, ~Ul-!,:)t;l- Jail,\· C\:S hcre-
|
||
|
||
lll'illtl'll h.,. unt• local battery, a11tl
|
||
|
||
au iuuefol'c :sc.~t fo1·tb · • 1 clcctl·ic circuit, of ''
|
||
|
||
- . - ~~~~~~~~~~-•--------·--~-•lrr~~~~,.l
|
||
|
||
I- t ·- ~II~AII--------IIJ~TAU I~
|
||
|
||
6
|
||
|
||
1'2'9.~-19
|
||
|
||
,r ~t·ril-s of ci~·ca.ai~·lneali _a·s cnpu.bJ~ produc- paratus for trnnsmittic~ tones of different
|
||
|
||
wg toues of ,1Jflt•a·cut 1 tch, a s;~a·1es of corre- l.
|
||
|
||
eys con troll in~ said apparutu~, rcm..h·-
|
||
|
||
spoauliug rect'in·l's, •• · •l"ies of • outrol- ers w 1c a1 a.lyze aml reproduce saitl tom•t', liu~ the tl-;msmi~~ion o~ ~aid to,J(es, a serit's of aml inc.lepemlcntly-auo,·able tspc each con-
|
||
|
||
local hattc1·i~s contl'ollcc by t}f'e ,.ibrntiug re- trolled by its · ·
|
||
|
||
•
|
||
|
||
•
|
||
|
||
cdn!l's, and a series of · lC _,eontrollt.~l direct- 21. r omuination, substantially as h<'re-
|
||
|
||
Jy hy ti.Jc l'l"·ctl·o-rnagn s ·of the locul bat·
|
||
|
||
c ore set forth, of a paper-carrier, a ~priug
|
||
|
||
tcries.
|
||
|
||
fol' Utoviug il in one clh·edion, a fcc.·d-lmr, :mel
|
||
|
||
1·7. The comhina.tion,. 1 •stantially as here- a gear-wheel monnted on the nrnmt.m·c of the
|
||
iuuct'ol'e set. foath, in • 1 electric circnit, of a ch:ctro-maguet, and udu.ptetl to oo thrown into
|
||
series of trausmit iw~- • · ·~ priutiug medaa.n- or out of g~ar with the t'ectl-bm· l>y the mo,·c-
|
||
|
||
ism controlll·tl ~· ~ai key~, anal a shit'tint:- mcnt of the a.rnmtnre.
|
||
|
||
liP)" tor llf!tcrminiug · 1 ath·i-.uce which IPttl•r 2:!. The combim:a.tion of the paper-carrying of a sc.•1·i~s, Ulal'l~eu on cac•1 ke,·, shall l>e mechanism, a feetl-l>ar, a gear-,~!Jcel actunt·
|
||
|
||
1•1·iuted.
|
||
|
||
\ ..
|
||
|
||
18. '!he combinatio snbst:\ntia.Jh· as hel'~·
|
||
|
||
in before set forth, in , I ~ll>t.1ric circuit, Of
|
||
|
||
printiug mechanism~ kc.• ·s CO\Itrolling saicl
|
||
|
||
Jil'intiu~ mcch;mism, aau , tlip·key, whit:IJ
|
||
|
||
J cll•tcs·miues tbo poiut at which tbe printiug of
|
||
|
||
tile message·bcgins.
|
||
|
||
/
|
||
|
||
19. Tho combination, mthstm iaJh· as here-
|
||
|
||
inhct(n·e set thrth, in nit elec;i·ic circuit, of
|
||
|
||
printing mcchauism.
|
||
pwlh'iincthin0g1_aemoefculmseuxh:iue:~
|
||
|
||
ke f
|
||
|
||
"(t!·'\\~··sf~o.,'.s1LbocarolnJtdleb'teoelrplmri~nin~ntitenhug,e
|
||
|
||
aml &1. tr1p-kt'Y wluc tlete1~nun~s ·the pomt on
|
||
|
||
the.~ papt>l' at l\"hic th~ pl'intin~ shall begin.
|
||
|
||
!!0. The coauhi atiou, iu :a.u electric <~ircuit.
|
||
|
||
sul>::stautkLlly a erciuuetot·c set.forth, of ap:
|
||
|
||
ing sniu bat· mounted on the armatnre of one elct~tro-magnet, aml a feed-pawl mountetl on
|
||
|
||
the :tl'Jlliltlll"e Of iliiOtbel' electrO·IIlngllct. 23. 'rue nnal~·zing-receiver hereinlJcfot·e tle-
|
||
|
||
scl'il>cc.l, consisting ot' the combination of two or more anagnets, \~itiJ theh· like poles nuitetl
|
||
|
||
l>y connecting-bars, constituting in fact ono maguet,antlasel'ies of tuned receh·iug-::tprinr.~ \"iUl'nting Ut>ar ~m.itl unrs, ~0 that each shall
|
||
|
||
receive its proper tone from saitl magnet.
|
||
|
||
ACrIinb~tedsrtoimy omni\m" we.hereof
|
||
|
||
I ha"'c hereunto :mb-
|
||
ELISII.A GRAY.
|
||
|
||
"\Vitnesses:
|
||
'Yx. A. SKINKLE,
|
||
"\\r:K. J. PEYTON.
|
||
|
||
- - II~ II r;r~~ l .ii.------.--.-~-~.1.117~' ~II J'i.l
|
||
|
||
-I ~lith.~11------E. GRAY.
|
||
|
||
EL ECTit 0-B: AltHO N' IC 'l'E LEGRAP :E.
|
||
|
||
No. 186.340.
|
||
|
||
Patented J'a.n. 16. 1977.
|
||
|
||
W1T.HE$$ES
|
||
/foe~ -
|
||
4~~~
|
||
|
||
.JJv .hi.r .A.ttorn.ev
|
||
|
||
.Ellsha Cra.f
|
||
T~.'\\~a. -
|
||
|
||
- - ....._-..._._._cc
|
||
11. . 1117'~~~·------1117~11~1
|
||
|
||
- ·- I ~II~YAJ 11----------IJ~~~~~~ UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE.
|
||
|
||
ELISHA GRAY, OF CHICAGO, ILLINOIS, ASSIGNOR, BY MESNE ASSIGNMENTS,. TO THE H.ARMONIC TELEGRAPH COMP.A.NY, OF NE\V YOUK ClTY.
|
||
IMPROVEMENT IN ELECTRO•HARMONIC TELEGRAPHS.
|
||
|
||
Specification forming part of Letten Patent No. 186.3<10. dated Jeaary 16, 1877; application dlt!d Janaary 'n, 1876.
|
||
|
||
To all whom it 1nagconcem:
|
||
|
||
that each section is utilized Cor the tr~nsmis
|
||
|
||
Be it known that 1, ELISHA GRAY, of Chi- sion of the vibrations for it.i own tone, 'vith-
|
||
|
||
cago, iu the county of Cook aud ~tate of Illi- out interfering or tlruwiug upon the other
|
||
|
||
nois, ha\·e inventetl a new and useful im- Sl~ction of the batt~ry. or opening tile tuain
|
||
|
||
prcn·emeut in tho art of tra.nsmitting aud circuit. ancl ,vJaeu uot trau::~ruitting; the. unetn-
|
||
|
||
analyzing musical impressions or sounds, and Jlloyed !iections of the battery flow ::~teadily Lo
|
||
|
||
in apparatas tor so transmitting and aualyz. liue, without atfeotiug the working transanit-
|
||
|
||
ing such sounds, ot" which the following is a ters of the other sections•
|
||
|
||
specification :
|
||
|
||
.My improvem~ot th_U!S pos~esses t\vo dis-
|
||
|
||
J4.t.!nventiou more especially relates to an tinguishing characte1istics: ·nnst, that of a
|
||
|
||
electro-~mtHtttHe-refegra-pliy ·main circuit always closed; and, ~ecoml, the
|
||
|
||
heretofore in\"entet.l by me, and secured uy pata~:~age through this circuit of a 11mooth cur-
|
||
|
||
sundry Lette~ Patent of the United States, rent, so to speak, wlleu all the transmitters
|
||
|
||
in wbicll composite musical tones are trans- are quiescent; eacb transmitter wb~n in op.
|
||
|
||
mitted tht·ougb a single wire, and analyzed or ..ration throwing its respective portion of said
|
||
|
||
separated at the receiving end of the line lJy cut·rent into vibrc~~tiou, so that there may be a
|
||
|
||
vihrc1oting reetls, uars, or strings, tuned corre- ~auootb current, and one or more viuratory
|
||
|
||
spondently with the respectin~ transmitters waves simultaneously transmitted through
|
||
|
||
of the composite tones.
|
||
|
||
the circuit, or the entire current may IJe tbrowu
|
||
|
||
In au application for Letters Patent of the into vibration.
|
||
|
||
United Stat&~ tiled by me February 23, 1875, The subject-matter claimed hereinafter \Vill
|
||
|
||
for tr~n8Dlittiug musical y_ibr~tious uy elec- specifically be designated.
|
||
|
||
tricity, I ha\•e shown not only the \"'arjous de- The accompanying drawings represent a
|
||
|
||
vices tor transmitting or receiving the musi- perspective diagram of so much of any im-
|
||
|
||
cal impr~ssious; bnt also one method of ar- proved at>paratus as is necessary to illus-
|
||
|
||
rc~.oging the electric circuit for producing the trdte the subject-matter claimed.
|
||
|
||
desired result, including the relation of the I have shown tbis apparatus as constructed
|
||
|
||
main battery to the line and instromauts at in the best way now known to me; but it is
|
||
|
||
both ends, and desc1·ibed the eifects produced. obvious that th~ details of construction of its
|
||
|
||
In my prior pateutR and application auove- various paa·t.'i may be varied within certain
|
||
|
||
meutioned, the full torce of the battery was at lianit.::~, in ways woll kuowu to skillful elec·
|
||
|
||
all times exerted upon the line-that is to say, tricians.
|
||
|
||
when one transmitter was employed, and the 1 ha\·e sllowu three trausauitters with their
|
||
|
||
others were at rest, it worked with the full lJatteries, and conesponding receh·ers at each
|
||
|
||
torce of the whole main battery, and wbeu all end of the line, so arraugetl ~ to transmit
|
||
|
||
the transmitterli were employed, the sa01e three messages eacb way ~ianultaueonsly; uut
|
||
|
||
force w~ necessarily divided amoug tbem; a greater or less munbt>r of trau::~mitt~rs and
|
||
|
||
consequently the am1}1itude of the viuratioos receivers way lJe employed, aml tiJey might
|
||
|
||
of auy giv .•11 tout'! would diminish or increase, ue so arranged as all to trau::~mit oue \Va.y in-
|
||
|
||
according to the uurnber of tones simultane- stead of in opposite directions.
|
||
|
||
ou.sly sent to line, thus rendering analysis at It is deemed uuuecessary to describe in
|
||
|
||
the receiving end of the line more difficult. detail here the cou::~tructiou of the battery,
|
||
|
||
.liy preseutimpt·ovemeut contemplates the as it form.i no part of the subje•:t anattet·
|
||
|
||
a\·oidance of this oujection, by insut·iug the claimed, antJ any of the well-kuowu hatteri~:i
|
||
|
||
transmission of tones or uniform amplitu,le of of the present 'day will work effectively with.
|
||
|
||
wa,·e, whether a greater or less number of my improved apparatu:i.
|
||
|
||
tones be transmitted simultaneously, which Tb6 construction of the tran~mitt.er~ anti
|
||
|
||
end I attain uy combiniug each transruitter receivers is ·rully set fortiJ anti dc:icribed in
|
||
|
||
with ibi respective section of the main battery, my Letters Patent aml npplicatiou abo\·e·
|
||
|
||
by a short or shunt circuit, in such manner mentioned, and needs no reiteratiou IJere.
|
||
|
||
- - ··~·~~~~~---------illr~~ll,.l
|
||
|
||
I- ·- ~~~~~11-------II[~TAJII~ 1se.uo
|
||
|
||
Each battery is connected with its rPspect- ·waves sncceediug each other. at the rate per
|
||
|
||
iv~ trarunnitt~r. by a suort circuit or sunnt second corresponding. to tbe vibrdotion~ of the
|
||
|
||
wirP. Starting with battery No. 1, G is .the transrnitting reed or bar, whicb waves will
|
||
|
||
ground-wire connected at the t>lns (+) ?Ole of induce correst>Onding impulses in all the mag-
|
||
|
||
the battery, which battery is connected up in nets of a power approximating oue-si3:th of
|
||
|
||
the ordinary way and runs to line ati the other the whole battery.
|
||
|
||
or minus (-)end, through the analyziog-re- Although these magnetic impulses are in-
|
||
|
||
ceh·ers If' E' D'. The line connects at the duced in all the magnets in the circuit, one
|
||
|
||
other end throu:,:h the analyzing-receivers C' only \"rill make au audible response, except
|
||
|
||
B' A' to the plus (+)pole of battery No.2, to a very delicate test, which oue, in this in-
|
||
|
||
and pas~es through in the ordinary way to stance, will be the receh·er marked A.', as one
|
||
|
||
the ground-wire G' at the minos (-)pole of whose reed or ribbon (or reed and box, a~ the·
|
||
|
||
said battery.
|
||
|
||
case may be) is toned correspondently to the
|
||
|
||
The circuit, thus far, is similar to an ordi· tr~'nsmitter in operation. AI! the other sec-
|
||
|
||
nary ~Iorse circuit closed, and without a key tion~ of the apparatu3 are connected up and·
|
||
|
||
or other u1eans of 01aking or breaking the cir- operc~ted in a nu,uner precisely siruihu, each
|
||
|
||
cuit.
|
||
|
||
opt'rc~tiug on its own section ot" battery. Each
|
||
|
||
A B C D E ~, represent six sets of trans- transmitter ditf~rs in pitch t"rorn e\"ery other
|
||
|
||
mitters, each set being corn posed of a com- one, ancl bas its complement in its correspond-
|
||
|
||
won open circuit, l!orse t~legraphic key, ami ing recPivcr.
|
||
|
||
·
|
||
|
||
a musical-tone tramunitter, snell, for inl5tauce. It will .be obsfrved ·that by \Vorkiug with
|
||
|
||
as that descril>ed iu Letters Patent No~ this improved system the maiu circuit is
|
||
|
||
165,7!!8, gr:\nted to rue July 20~ 1875, for iw- uever opened, owing to \Vhicu fact the iuteg-
|
||
|
||
pro'""emetit in transmitters for electro-bar- rity of each set of waves is preser\"ed intact,
|
||
|
||
monic telegr~1.pus. '£hese trct.nsmitters are ali thus rendering analysis easy at the receiving
|
||
|
||
alike iu cou~tructiou, hut each one is tuned end of the line.
|
||
|
||
to a ditf~rent pitch, and bas a receiver, A' B' The ur:ility of the device bas been amply
|
||
|
||
C' D' E' F', correspondeutly tuned, at the tlewonstra·ted
|
||
|
||
f;l~fi·at.lou_•. !· •. \
|
||
|
||
other end of the line. Each battery is dh·ided
|
||
|
||
into· sections
|
||
|
||
12··~~·I -cMlaiim;·a~s~o~f~~~·~~~~.lfi\"ei'1mU~l'cg;·1;''...i.' a·~p~-
|
||
|
||
4 5 6, not hy separating or disconnecting. its ically transrnitting compo~ite tones, uerein-
|
||
|
||
cells, but hy throwing a short circuit or shunt before set forth, \vhich consists in working
|
||
|
||
wil·c •u·ouutl t-ach section. For instance, the a closetl circuit with a continuous current
|
||
|
||
fir::st short circuit of batter.}· 1 con~i~ts ot' th~ from a main battery, 11ortions of tue whole of
|
||
|
||
\\·i•·e~ a b, the second of the wires b c, and the which current are thrown into vibration at
|
||
|
||
third ot" the wires c c'. and so oo. The nurn- \Vill l>y the transwj+tsr.
|
||
ber of cell::s in each s~ction is determined by 2. The irnpro\·emeut in the art of telegraph-
|
||
|
||
the distance the tone is to be transmitted.
|
||
|
||
ically trdonsmittingo\aud analyzing coanposite
|
||
|
||
Each siluut-wire rons through its O\VD key tones, hereinbefore .,set fortu, which consists
|
||
|
||
and vil>ratiug trct.usmitt~r. For instance, iu in 'vorking a closed 'circuit with a. continuous
|
||
|
||
section 1 ot' battery 1, which is at the line end current from a maiu 'l?attery, portions of the
|
||
|
||
or tile battery, a wire, a; passes trmn the mi- whol6 of which curreu~are thrown into vibra-
|
||
|
||
nus (-) pole of the battery to one binding- tion at will l>y the trail mitter , each set of
|
||
|
||
screw of the transmitter A, at which }>oint viur"'tious beiug auth epr uced by a cor-
|
||
|
||
the circuit di\·ides, one branch connecting to responding receiver.
|
||
|
||
line L, arul the otiler to the vibrating bar of 3. The comt>iuatio , substantially as bere-
|
||
|
||
tb~ trausmitt~r through the break . point, iubP.tore set forth, of a series of transmitters,
|
||
|
||
whicu is hi tl.ais in~tance a tthuntiug-point. each operdoted by a ocal battery, a main bat-
|
||
|
||
The circuit then pasl5es to the otl.aer biuding- tery. au electric ci cuit, through which a con-
|
||
|
||
screw, and thence to the k~y-lever.
|
||
|
||
tinuous current ows from said battery, and
|
||
|
||
'£be anvil or lower poj_ut of tb~ key is con- shunt or short • rcuits bet\veen the main bat-
|
||
|
||
nect~d directly with the ends of the wire b, tery and t
|
||
|
||
"tters.
|
||
|
||
wuich torrus tile diviuiug-line between sec· 4. Tue comb at1or
|
||
|
||
tially as bere-
|
||
|
||
tioul5 1 ami 2, forming part of ~h6 abort circuit inuetbre s~t fortu, of a :reries of u.· · ter ,
|
||
|
||
of t>acb sectiou, and so on. Now, if the reed a main battery connected therewit 1 by s ort
|
||
|
||
or· IJar of tr-dou8mitter A. be vibrated by its lo- or shunt cirenits, a closed electric circuit,
|
||
|
||
cal battery, (whicb is omitted fro10 the draw·. througlJ wbicu a curreut continuou:lly paM8es
|
||
|
||
iuJ! to a\·oid complication, lJut tue OtJeration from tlJe maiu b<l.ttery. aud a. series of aualyz-
|
||
|
||
of which is w~ll under8tood,) and the key be- ing-rec~i\·ers, iu.cludetl in the circuit.
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
longing to it and in the same circnit with it In testimou·\o. whereof I have hereunto sul>lJe depressed, tue shunt-circuit arouud -s~c- scribed my naiue.
|
||
|
||
tion 1 will be compl6tetl every time the vi-
|
||
|
||
ELIS,HA. GRA.Y.
|
||
|
||
br·atiug bar or reed makes contact with its Witnesses:
|
||
|
||
break-point, thus producing a set of waves or
|
||
|
||
\Yll. J. PEYTO!'l,
|
||
|
||
electrical vibr3tions throughout the line, the
|
||
|
||
JoSEPH S. PEYTON.
|
||
|
||
- - 11~1117'~~1--1-----lltr~~ll,.l
|
||
|
||
~~-~-·~-~-~z~-~·~-~r~r~e~~r~c~t~~-~rr~r!!!!a!·!!!-'!!'7!T!!f!7!"r!-~~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
T. A.. WATSON. Telephone.
|
||
|
||
No. 199,007.
|
||
|
||
Patented Jan. 8, 1878.
|
||
|
||
~&L&££22!2L22
|
||
|
||
~~~~.,~==~s~mr~-~-~:r~~,~-r~-~·~,.~--~,~~,~~~!'!'!''!--!7!7!.!!!!!·!r!P!7!!7.!!7!!~~~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
T~
|
||
|
||
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE.
|
||
|
||
THOl\fAS .A. '\YATSOS, OF BOSTO~, 1\L\.SS..:\.CIIUSETTS.
|
||
|
||
IMPROVEMENT IN TELEPHONES.
|
||
|
||
~pecificatiou fonuinJ? pnrt of Letters Patent Xo. 199,007, untctl Jann:1ry ~. v:78;. applic·ntion til~d ncccmuer 5. 1m.
|
||
|
||
To all zrlzom it may concetn:
|
||
|
||
Iwith plate e when the knob is pressed, and is
|
||
|
||
. Be it known tl_1at I, Tno:u.ls .A. "'.tTSO"Y, kept iu contact with the plate f wht.~n the
|
||
|
||
of of
|
||
|
||
Bostou. in the couuty ltas~adm.. •~tts~ ha\·c
|
||
|
||
of Suffi>lk and State in\·Pntl.•tl a. new and
|
||
|
||
1
|
||
j
|
||
|
||
knob js released by means of its weigl1t retractile spring. A. galvanic battery,
|
||
|
||
or I,
|
||
|
||
a. i:;
|
||
|
||
nseful Impr·,,,·em~nt in Tt.•lephouPs, which im- I connecw•l '\\ith the posts E ancl r ancl tht!
|
||
|
||
pspreo~ni•tmkaetniruni~s
|
||
|
||
fully set forth in reference being
|
||
|
||
the had
|
||
|
||
tfooltlhowe iane-g~1
|
||
|
||
m
|
||
|
||
ain circuit to The operatio
|
||
|
||
the n is
|
||
|
||
pao~~tsfoGlloawncs.:l
|
||
|
||
H. The
|
||
|
||
knob
|
||
|
||
of
|
||
|
||
t•ompanyiug clrawin;;~. in which-
|
||
|
||
the circuit-closer is pressed. brin~ug the con-
|
||
|
||
Figure l is a perRpecth·e ,-iew of an appa- : tact-:~pring npon the plate .1: Tlai~ c~om plt.>tt·~ ratus constrnctefl in accordazwe with my sait.l ; the batter~· -circuit through the ;o;ct·ews i i, inv·ention; anc.l Fig. !!, a dta_g-rnm of the !iame. : steel ~pring c~ contact-spring D. plate e. arul showing it:i arrangement iu teh·p~wnic circuit., primary f~oil. Tl1e lever C is unw mon~il to
|
||
|
||
In ul'iinz a. l-'lystcm of electric tdephones it an•l fro! thro\\iug the spring of the. rl.eutorue is n~essary tn pro\"itle :rome means fur pro- : into vibration, ancl. as it makes and break~
|
||
|
||
dncing a sonud at the tli~tant t~lephone-~ta- i contact against tlws~rcw·s i i. renders the l'Ul'·
|
||
|
||
tion luu•l euon;;l.t tcJ attract the attention of : rf'lnt passing throu~h tht• primary eoil intermit·
|
||
|
||
persons at a distance fi'Om the telephone..
|
||
|
||
tent, il1tlt1cing in the secondar~· coil a corr~-
|
||
|
||
)fy pr('sent in,·cntion .supplies one means 1 spomlinglyintet1nittentc11rrentofmuchhig-hcr
|
||
|
||
tor doing this by can~iu~ an iutermith~nt current of electricity of high intensity to pass
|
||
|
||
I j
|
||
|
||
intensity~ connectccl
|
||
|
||
and the terminal~ of tlti:i coil beiu~ with the main circuit, the inclucec.l
|
||
|
||
·
|
||
|
||
I through the line-wire anc.l the tli~ta.ut tele- current duwd throu~h tho Jine-wil't~, and lh'O·
|
||
phone. !''or prmlucing sneh current I make t.lnces a Ioml sound in the tlistant telcphuut'.
|
||
|
||
u~ of an orrlinary irulnetion-coil, combined C'pon. r('leasing tht& linoh tlw cuntact-~pring i~
|
||
|
||
with a g-ah·anic battery matl a rheotome~ fc1r flrawu hack fmm plnre e, thus brr.aking- the
|
||
|
||
rapitll~· interruptih:.-· the cunt>nt. Thest! are l.>attt.~ry c•irenit- iuto eon tact with plate/~ :1.1ul
|
||
|
||
arranged :18 sltown in the arcomt,•m.vingtlraw- as oue of the t('rminals of the st.•cont.lar~· coil
|
||
|
||
ings, in whieh A is the imlnction-coil. a a are i:; rotmcctt•tl with the <"untat't-spring anti the
|
||
|
||
th~ terminals of its primat·~-, atlll b b tlwse of otht·r with plate ,1: the roil is therefore :-;hnutPtl
|
||
|
||
its secondary, coil. B is a rheotome, consist- ont of the m:lill circnit.
|
||
iug of a ste~l spring, c, capable of producing I I claim-
|
||
|
||
a nmsical notP.. 'fhis spriug i~ set into ,·ibra- The methocl of prut.lnciug a sig-nal o1· call at
|
||
|
||
tion by the motiou of the len~r C, aud in vi- a distant tt-leplronic station by c01ubiniug with
|
||
|
||
bratiug makt.•s aml hreaks contact on scrt.~ws a. ~ystem of electric telephones an iutlnctiun·
|
||
|
||
i i.
|
||
|
||
coil, rheotomc ot· circ·nit-int<·rrnpter, cirenit-
|
||
|
||
TJu~ constrn<:tion of the rheotome can 1>e closer, and galvanic battery, .suh::~tantiall.v a.s
|
||
|
||
varic<l in many ways. Por iustance, if a me- herein cle!i~ctiuecl.
|
||
|
||
tallic membrane i8 snbstitnte:d for the steel In testimony whcr<.·of I lun·e sigtwcl this
|
||
|
||
spring, it <~an be set in Yihratiun by tl1e voice, specification in tlw Jli'('S(liJce of two suhs(!lib-
|
||
|
||
and caused to make ancl bn·ak contact against ing- wituess~:oo:.
|
||
|
||
a screw corresponding to ~crew i in dia~'Tam.
|
||
|
||
I All that i:-; nece~sary is t~; .mpply some means
|
||
for making a.IJ(l ureaking C'Uiltaet betw·een twu
|
||
|
||
'Yitnesse:oJ:
|
||
|
||
THO:\f..:\:'; ..;\. \YATSO~.
|
||
|
||
metallic I>oints.
|
||
|
||
C. E. li-unnARD.
|
||
|
||
D is a. circnit·clos•'\t·, which mnkt.>s eontact I
|
||
|
||
\\'.\URE:'i Kn.E.
|
||
|
||
~ ....JM&i!MU.Qi tR4¥44U...JiQWQ!I&!i&WiWWP WWJ&EZ
|
||
|
||
~~==~~~:@
|
||
E. GRAY.
|
||
|
||
• l.NYE.NTO!l
|
||
|
||
..Bv hU Attur-nlJI$
|
||
~~~~q~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~~====~~--------4
|
||
|
||
I~
|
||
|
||
~============~===~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
U~ITED STATES pATENT OFFICE.
|
||
|
||
ELISHA GRAY, OF CHICAGO, l[.,LINOIS. IMPROVEMENT. IN CIRCUITS FOR SPEAKING-TELEPHONES.
|
||
|
||
Speei6r.ation fonniog part of Letters Patent No. ~03,~84, dated )lay 7, 18i8.
|
||
|
||
To all tth.o11a .it n1a.y concern' Be it known that I, ELISHA GRAY, of Chi-
|
||
cago, in the county of Cook and State of Illinois, ha\·e in~ented certain new and useful Im-
|
||
J>rovemeuts in Speaking-TelephoneR nnd in the art of Transmitting Vocal SoundsTelegnLpbicaJiy, of which the following is a specification.
|
||
My invention relates to ami constitutes an impro~ement upon a novel art of transmitting vocal souruts telegrn})bically, and to iiDprovements upon speaking-tell'{lhone.:t heretofore io-
|
||
\'ented by me, Cor which stuutry 1\)tplications
|
||
for Letters Patent of the United St.ates are now pendiug, and especially contemplates the employment of a number of Apeaking- telephones in a single circuit.
|
||
The object of my in\·ention is to fucilitate the transmission of the tones of the hu10an \"oice through tbe alarm, call, or aignal appa-
|
||
ratus or beJI-magnet of an intermediatestation, or through the alarm, call, or signal apparatus
|
||
or bell-magnets of a series of intermediate sto.· tiona, where more than two stations are included in the same circuit, whereby my speaking-telephone apparatus is rendered especially applicable to circuits upon which ordinary :Morse instruments are used.
|
||
The subject-matter claimed will hereinafter
|
||
specifically be designated. The fact is well known that when nn elec-
|
||
tro-magnet is included in a circuit throu2h which vibrations are transmitted (\Vhetbf'r the magnet be of high or 10\v resistance) it greatly impedes the passage of such vibrations, and
|
||
the more rapid or highly-attenuated they are the more difficult it is to transmit them through the coils of such magnet. ThiR difficulty is ~o prominent under tbf' systems heretofore practiced that the insertion of eYeo two or three extra magnets in a circuit practically pre\·ents
|
||
the transmission of articulate sounds or spoken
|
||
words over a line bowe\·er short. To obviate this objection, ami ~lt the sume
|
||
tiroe leave the bell or call magnet in circuit, I ha,·e devised this impro,·emeut.
|
||
In the accompanying drawingR, \Vhich represent the best way of carrying out my in,·ention now known to me, Figure 1 represents my impro\·ed arrangement upon circuit of instru-
|
||
ments ami aJJparatns ou a line consisting of two terminal and two intermediate stations. Fig. 2 represents two terminal stations and
|
||
|
||
an iutermedh•te stat.ion, showing my improvements as more e!lpecially adapted tor operation in connection with a line equippeu under the )[orsu system.
|
||
The construction and operation of the in-
|
||
struments represented in the diagrams being well known, it is cteernecl nnnecessary to represent or describe rhem in detail, e!tcept so fttr as is necessary to illnstrate my new orgnnization of apparatus.
|
||
Iu Fig. 1 of the accompanying 4l~wings four station~, A B C D, are represented as arranged in a speaking-telephone circuit. l~ach station is provided with one or more speaking-telephones, }4) E' U' J-:3, and also \vitb an ordinary electric call-bell, lt' F' It, F'l, lun•ing taitller an ontinary magneto-electric gt>nerator or a batte•·r, as the case requires. In this instance station A is shown ns proviclecl \vith a
|
||
generator, G, while Sbltion D is rel)resented as provided with a battery, L B, and an ordinary lforse ktay, K, for throwing it on anc.l otf the line.
|
||
The batteties anti generators are omitted from the intermediate stations forcon"Venience ofrepa-eseutation.
|
||
The battery is employed for calling ou such lines only as use what is known as the "battery-telephone." Tbe magneto-electric generator is used on Rttcb lines as nse the permanent-magnet telephont', no buttery being required in such cases.
|
||
Each station is pro\·ided "·itb a switch, I I' P P, which in one position directs the circuit through its respecth·e telephone-magnet, aod
|
||
in the other position through its respecth·e bf'Jl-magnet, lea,·ing out the telephone, as \Viii be readily und~r.:ttood by reference to the drawings, which show the methocl of running the
|
||
circuits, and which represent the telephoneconnection wires as running around the bellmagnet. A similar switch, J, thrO\VS the generator on or off the liue, as required. \Vhen the line is not in U8e the switches are all left standing, so that the circuit passes throngh the bell-magnet.~, shunting the telephones, thus enabling nny oue·station to call any other by means of its alarm or call bell and battery or bell and mngneto-geoer~Ltor, as the case may be.
|
||
In Fig. 1 the switches I P on the terminal
|
||
stations A and D are respectively shown in ..A.. position for conversing between those two sta- _.....
|
||
|
||
. ..6..:~ _.....
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~~~~============~4
|
||
|
||
~~~~~!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!~~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
·~
|
||
|
||
tious. The intermediatestations,Band C,are
|
||
|
||
necessarily left in position for calling. Then•-
|
||
|
||
1'ore tho circuit is directetl through the bell-
|
||
|
||
magnets of those stations, as it would be im-
|
||
|
||
practicable to hat'e them all switched ont of
|
||
|
||
circnit whene\·er any two stations \fished to
|
||
|
||
converse. 1\Iy hnpro,·ement allows the~e mag-
|
||
|
||
nefti to remain in circuit, and therefore be in
|
||
|
||
position to receh·e calls, \vithout in the least
|
||
|
||
interfering with the transmission of tbe ,-oice-
|
||
|
||
vibrations over the lines fr\lm one terminal
|
||
|
||
stntion to the other.
|
||
|
||
Lettet·s Patent No. 198,7'38, granted to me
|
||
|
||
January 1, 1878, for transmitting tloubJe sig-
|
||
|
||
rmJs simultaneously through a single wire, one
|
||
|
||
hy the ordinary 1\Iorse methOfl and the other
|
||
|
||
by harmonic or telephonic vibrating signals,
|
||
|
||
siJow ~Iorso relay-magnets with n. condenser
|
||
|
||
slmntmg or connected around t•ach magnet in
|
||
|
||
circuit. 'l'his \\"as done purtly to facilitate the
|
||
|
||
passage of \"ibrdtions through the way or
|
||
|
||
Morse stations, thus making a clumnel for vi-
|
||
|
||
brations throngh the condenser, ancl thereby
|
||
|
||
relieving the vibrations of the neces~lity of
|
||
|
||
passing through the magnets, which, as here-
|
||
|
||
inbefore stated, offer greut resistance to tho
|
||
|
||
transmission of such \"ibrations, 0\ving to the
|
||
|
||
fact thatat the time the magnet is beingchargetl
|
||
|
||
a momentary induced cm·rent is set up in the
|
||
|
||
opposite direction, tbus returding the first flow
|
||
|
||
of the current, \VIaich, in the case of raJJicl ,.i.
|
||
|
||
brntions, amounts to an obstruction almost
|
||
|
||
tota1, whereas, in signals of longer clnration,
|
||
|
||
it is not perceptibly felt.
|
||
|
||
Experience bas de~noustrateu that the reme-
|
||
|
||
dy attorded by my improvement ubove men-
|
||
|
||
tioned is so complete that witb tonr or six sta-
|
||
|
||
tions in circuit there is scarcely any perceptiblH
|
||
|
||
diminution in t"olume of sound o\·er tlmt of a
|
||
|
||
clear wire of thti same length, whereas with-
|
||
|
||
out my impro\·ement it woulcl ho im1)0ssible
|
||
|
||
to work through so ruany instruments unless
|
||
|
||
the bell-magnets \Vere made Yery small, iu
|
||
|
||
which case the alarm-signal would be too light.
|
||
|
||
My impro\·ement is applicable to auy form
|
||
|
||
of signaling &(Jparatus whate,·er.
|
||
|
||
The condenser may l>o made a part of the
|
||
|
||
apparatus-that is~ for instance,. it may he
|
||
|
||
placed in the bottom of signal-boxes, as ordi-
|
||
|
||
narily constructed-or it may be u1ade sepa-
|
||
|
||
rate, as in the ordinary form, and connected
|
||
|
||
throu2h the IJox by means ot' wirelol of such
|
||
|
||
length as may be most con\·euicut.
|
||
|
||
In the drawings the cunuenser:i H ll' IP ll3
|
||
|
||
are shown as shouting the al~u·m or call ap-
|
||
|
||
tmratnl!!, or, in other worth~, as aa·ranged in
|
||
|
||
branch circuit with each hell-magnet, a~ in thu
|
||
|
||
patent aiJo\•e ruention~d.
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
It is frequently desirable tu use the sveak-
|
||
|
||
iug-telephoneon ortlinary l\[oa·.se circuiUI, which
|
||
|
||
my irnpro\·emeut renders it pructicablt~~ to do
|
||
|
||
very au\?antageonsly by means of the arrange-
|
||
|
||
ment represented in Fig. !!, which shows three
|
||
|
||
stations, X Y ~. \Vben the hvo terminal sta-
|
||
|
||
tions, X and Z, wish to commnnicatu with each
|
||
|
||
other o\·er an ordinary Morse telegrophic cir-
|
||
|
||
cuit it is only necessm·y to arrange the
|
||
switches r I' in tho position indicated, :iO that
|
||
|
||
the batteries at each elHl are ott· autl the cir-
|
||
|
||
cuit is directed to earth throngb the speaking-
|
||
|
||
telephones E E', respecti\·eJy. In addition to
|
||
|
||
this, each relay-magnet R U.' U2 in circuit must
|
||
|
||
bo provided with a condenser, 11 H' 112, con-
|
||
|
||
nected as hereinbefore described, other\rise it
|
||
|
||
would be necessary to switch out of circnit aU
|
||
|
||
the relays on the line wbeu the terminal sta-
|
||
|
||
tions \Vhda to con \"erse.
|
||
|
||
I claim as of my o\Vn invention-
|
||
|
||
}. 'fhe hereinbefore-described art of trans-
|
||
|
||
mitting vocal sounds Ol' ~poken words through
|
||
|
||
a bell-rnagru~t or other signul-nu~gnet and con-
|
||
|
||
denser arr·angeu in branch circuits in a main
|
||
|
||
line.
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
!!. The hereinbefore-described art of trans-
|
||
|
||
mitting vocalsonntls or spoken words through
|
||
|
||
u. seriesofheJl-magnetsorother signnl-maguets
|
||
|
||
and 'cotulenserd arranged in branch cirenits
|
||
|
||
in ;' rnn.iu lirie.
|
||
|
||
:1. 'fhe combination, substantially as here-
|
||
|
||
inbefore set furth, in a speaking-telephone, of
|
||
|
||
a bell-magnet or other signa.l-lllagnet nml its
|
||
|
||
uctuuting apparatus, a comlens~1· shunting
|
||
|
||
said magnet nrul uatuatiug appuratnM, unc.l a
|
||
|
||
telephone-magnet shunting "~'hl hell-magnet,
|
||
|
||
actuating apJnll'ntus, and coutlenser, au•l a
|
||
|
||
switch coutro11iug the ~hunts.
|
||
|
||
4. The combirmtion, tmbstantiillly as here·
|
||
|
||
iubet«•ro set forth, in a Morse circuit, of a se·
|
||
|
||
ries of condensers shunting the rehtyK at t>acb
|
||
|
||
station, telt!(•houo-magnet~ at two or more ~u' tiou:t, uud tiWitcht_)s which simult.aneou~ly shunt
|
||
|
||
tho telephone-magnets into line anti thro\V
|
||
|
||
ott· the butteries.
|
||
|
||
t' 5. 'fhe combination, substantially as he~e
|
||
inbefore set forth, in single electric circuit,
|
||
|
||
ot" a series of stutions, each pro\·ide«l with.''
|
||
|
||
bell-magnet or other signal-magnet aud .at:J
|
||
|
||
actuating apparatus, a condenser shuuung
|
||
|
||
them, a telephooe-ruaguet shuutiug tilt! bttll·
|
||
|
||
magnet, actuating a()l)arntus, and couueus.~r,
|
||
|
||
aml switches controlling the shunts, whereuy
|
||
|
||
the signul-mnguet, actuating mechanism, naul conden~el' at the trausmitting-statiun:i an~ cut
|
||
|
||
out of circuit wl.aich passes through the t:oiTl'·
|
||
|
||
sponuing apparatus at the iutermetli;•tc :;ta·
|
||
|
||
tions, ~hunting the telephones.
|
||
|
||
fu rest.imol•Y whereot' I ha\-·e het·mmto :JUU·
|
||
|
||
sc1·i bed 111 y 11am e.
|
||
|
||
\Vitnesscs: A. G. SWA.R'l'WOU'l', 0HAS. S. SHEPARD.
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~~==~~~---------4
|
||
|
||
E. G-RAY. Speaking-Telephone.
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
2 Sh&ets-Sheet 1. ~
|
||
|
||
No. ·210,776.
|
||
|
||
Patented Dec. 10, 1878.
|
||
|
||
:r~. 1.
|
||
|
||
g
|
||
~ A
|
||
|
||
WlT./v'ESSES.
|
||
-~~//~
|
||
7/n:J a fo:.4
|
||
|
||
LVJIE.NTOR By hi:~ A.ttnrn.eys
|
||
~~.~~~f?~
|
||
|
||
~ :~iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii~:
|
||
|
||
I~
|
||
|
||
····- -----~
|
||
|
||
E. GRAY. Sp eaking-Te lep hone.
|
||
|
||
~ 2 Sheets-Sheet 2.
|
||
|
||
No. 210,776.
|
||
|
||
Patented Dec. 10, 1878.
|
||
|
||
'····-·-------· .... ·i:··
|
||
|
||
t 11....--------4
|
||
|
||
·-·--·-·-·- I·~' ..
|
||
|
||
o.ct'
|
||
|
||
......---···--·- -·--- -----:-,::m;I ------"'-i___j
|
||
|
||
,.. ../
|
||
, _ _ _ . . ~ XIII- ·--------~ 0 ~- /"
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
·------------------~- -{]
|
||
|
||
. !
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
!
|
||
|
||
I I
|
||
~o~:
|
||
.~.,.:I I l i )
|
||
,/ ,·
|
||
,.'· •"'
|
||
|
||
/ u -----~----------- - n
|
||
,/
|
||
---·",/
|
||
|
||
Jfl"/ TH!(SSES
|
||
Y/!!:1 c~ ~~;.~A-~ tf'~
|
||
·~~ /f.ce?~
|
||
|
||
INYE.NTOR.
|
||
EtuM.. cray.
|
||
lJ!I lti.v .1/.l!tJrnt'!l"
|
||
~~ ~~ ~-~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~================~
|
||
|
||
llt!J
|
||
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE. T,...
|
||
|
||
BLISHA. GRAY, OF CIIICAGO, ILLINOIS. IMPROVEMENT IN SPEAKING·T~L~PHONES·.
|
||
|
||
Specilicntiou fonning pnrt of Lettel'l'l Puteut No. 210,1''2'6, dntell December 10, 18i8; application filed August 3, 18i8.
|
||
|
||
To all1r-l1.om ·it"may concern:
|
||
|
||
well-known metals, whet11er capable of induc-
|
||
|
||
Be it known that I, ELISHA GRAY, of Chi- tion or not. I preter, howe,·er, to use a plate,
|
||
|
||
cago, in the county of Cook aml Stato of disk, ot· diaphragm of thin sheet metal-such
|
||
|
||
IJlinois, lmve iln·entetl certain new ancl nsefnl as zinc or German sih·er, highly polisheel, naul
|
||
|
||
Impt·o,·emcnts in Speaking -1'elephonc~, ot' oxit.lizetl on the snrfltce e~posetl to fl'iction.
|
||
|
||
which tho folJowing is n. spedfieation:
|
||
|
||
The frictional or glillinA" contact between the
|
||
|
||
In I.~etters I->utent No. lOO,otJU, grnntctl to animal tissue ancl the receiYing-plate may be
|
||
|
||
me .July 27, 1875, on an application origirmll.r prod11cetl in various ways; hut I hn.,·e fonntl in
|
||
|
||
filedAprillS,187-I,IhaYcshown n.ntl de~mriiJed practice the simplest aml most efteeth·e to be
|
||
|
||
apparatus fot· trnnsmitting rhythmical vib.rn.- to mount the receiYing-plate upon n resonant
|
||
|
||
tions representing composite somuls or mn~i uo~ or case mounted upon a shaft, so as rentl·
|
||
|
||
mtl toueRof uiftereutpitch telegraphically, aml ily to be revoh·ed by means of a pulley, crank,
|
||
|
||
for reproclucing saicl toues at the receh·ing end treadle, or other well-kuown motor. Uy this
|
||
|
||
of the line thronglt the medium of animal means an o\·en pressure aml uniform rotation
|
||
|
||
tissue.
|
||
|
||
of the recei\·ing-platc is secured.
|
||
|
||
l\Iy pt·escut hn·ention constitnt<'s a new np- The animal tissue may consist of one or
|
||
|
||
plimttion of the prim~iple exemplifiecl in snitl more fiugrrs of the hnmnn bancl interposetl in
|
||
|
||
J~etters I>atent, its object being to reproduce the circnit.ancl pressed against the plate. Vari-
|
||
|
||
articulate r.;onnds nt the receh·ing ctHl of the ous other eqni\·alcut substances are mentioned
|
||
|
||
telegrnplJic circuit through auimnl tissue in in 111~" patent nho,-e mentioned.
|
||
|
||
gliding contact with a plate of suitable metal. 'l'he accompanying drawings show one con-
|
||
|
||
Any of the ''"ell-knm\""n ~peaking-telephones ,·cnicut form uf apparatus for carrying out the
|
||
|
||
which t.ransmit with Auflicient intensity may ohjects of m,,. hn·ention. Obdonsly, howe,·cr,
|
||
|
||
be employed as a transmitter, in my im- the detail~ of construction of bot.h the trans-
|
||
|
||
pro\·ed apparatus. I pref'cr, howe,·er, tot· n. mitter and receh·er may be greatly varied
|
||
|
||
tt·ansmitter the one li:nown as the "water-tel- without departing fl·om the spirit of my inven-
|
||
|
||
ephone," tlesm·ibetl in n. penc.ling application tion.
|
||
|
||
for Letters ratent filet! IJy mo OctolJm· 2U, ]'i~ure 1 represents au axial trans,·crsc sec·
|
||
|
||
1877, or the J~dison t~arbon telephonc-traus- tion through thcreceiYm·; am1Pig.2represents
|
||
|
||
mitter, or some instrumeut usecl in connec- an arrangement upon circuit of the entire ap·
|
||
|
||
tion with a battm·y, on account of the gt·eatcr paratus, inclmliug uotll transmitter and re-
|
||
|
||
}lower which mn.y bo obtainecl from such a CCi\~er.
|
||
|
||
tnmsmi ttet·.
|
||
|
||
'n10 lm~c or snppm·ting·staml A i~, hy prefer·
|
||
|
||
I prefm· to tmo Ctn'l'(.mfs of consitlern.ble ten- once, rn:ulc of metal, ancl of a weight and sizo
|
||
|
||
sion in working my impro\·etl apparatus, tho sutlicicnt to maintain it in position without fast·
|
||
|
||
most con\·cnicut nrul economical mode of do- eniug it to its support.. A shaft, JJ, rm·oh·es in
|
||
|
||
ing which is by the nsc of au incluct.ion-cnil, a~ snita.hlo bearings upon this stand, being tlri\·cn
|
||
|
||
shown nml clescriuet.l in my J.Jetters Patent by a cmnk, H', o1· uy a pulley, clock·work, or
|
||
|
||
uboYe men tionetl.
|
||
|
||
·
|
||
|
||
other suitaulo prime mo,·er, aucl c:U'ries a hol·
|
||
|
||
1.'he rccei\·ing npp:uatus is suhstantially the low resonant box o1· case ofwoot17ot· some other Ramo in construction aml operation as tho one resonant substance. 'l,he outer ot· open en<l of
|
||
|
||
hcretofot·o employed by me for rt~protluciug this box is co\'erml by a. thin sheet-metal disl~,
|
||
|
||
mnsical tones transrnittetl through a tele- plate, or diaphragm, D, preferably of zinc, as
|
||
|
||
graphic circuit.
|
||
|
||
the snrfitcc of this metal is usm.tlly co,·erccl
|
||
|
||
.l\ly in\·eution thel'Cfore consists in comhin- with a Ycry thin film of oxide, which is highly
|
||
|
||
ing, iu an electric circuit, telephonic appamtus faYorable to the pt·oper action between the aui·
|
||
|
||
capable of trausrnitting articulate speech with mal tissue null the plate when in glitling con·
|
||
|
||
A n. resonant recch·er through the inten·ention tact.
|
||
of animal tissue in gliding m· frietioual con- 1.'hc diaphragm, it will be ouserYed, is COil·
|
||
|
||
tact with saitl resonant receircr. 'J'his re- nccletl with tho shaft aml base by n. wil·e, e, iu-
|
||
|
||
ceiver ma.r consist of a plate of an.r of the sitlc the resonant box or case, the base being
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
210,1'2'6
|
||
|
||
in turn connected with the ground by a wire, a. In my patent of July 27, 1875, hereinbefore
|
||
|
||
The transmitter H in this instance is an ordi- mentioned, I have shown that rhythmical vi-
|
||
|
||
nary speaking-telephone, of the form shown in brations in a primary circuit corresponding to
|
||
|
||
my application filed October 29, 1877, abo\·e any gil"en musical tone or any given number
|
||
|
||
mentioned, known as a "Yariable-resistance of tones simultaneously produced are corre-
|
||
|
||
telephone," which class includes the micro- sponclingly produced incluctively in a second-
|
||
|
||
phone, the carbon transmitter, the water trans- arycircuit, and tbat,vhen thesenbrations were
|
||
|
||
mitter, and all others of that class which pro- passed through animal tissue, in contact with
|
||
|
||
ducethesoun£1-waves bycausingthevibrations a receh·er, such as described, the tones were
|
||
|
||
of the diaphragm to l"ary the r~sistance of the audibly ancl accurately reproduced.
|
||
|
||
battery-current proportionately to the ampli- l\Iy present invention ~f\~ ·1mplates not only
|
||
|
||
tude of motion of sai«l diaphragm. I do not, the prodnetionofmu~;,,.; · es, butsoundsof
|
||
|
||
]JOl\"eYer, confine niyself to a transmitter of et'ery cbaracter and ·· ·
|
||
|
||
.o that any noise,
|
||
|
||
this class, but contemplate using any form whether consisting o.. ...en '"'ords, musical
|
||
|
||
which will transmit the Yibrations with suffi- tones, or other sounds, made or uttered in the
|
||
|
||
cient force.
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
transmitteror in its immediate vicinity, would
|
||
|
||
The main battery l\I B is shown in Fig. 2 as . be reproduced audibly at the receidng end of
|
||
|
||
-short -circuited through the transmitter and the line ou the re\"Oll"ing plate.
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
through the imluction-coil I, ha·dng the usual I do not, therefore, claim the use of au ani-
|
||
|
||
]lrimary nnd secondary circuits in such rela- mal-tissuerecei\·erfortherepro<lnctionofmusi-
|
||
|
||
tion to each othl~r as will proc.lnce the best re- cal tones, in combination with a transmitter
|
||
|
||
sults at the receinng euu of the line.
|
||
|
||
only adapted to senu such tones, as this con-
|
||
|
||
Starting from the pins pole of the battery, stitutes· the suqject-matter of the 1mtent here-
|
||
|
||
thecircnitpasscs through the transmitter-point inbefore mentioned.
|
||
|
||
/1, thence throug-h the primary belix of the in- "\Yhat I claim herein as new, and desire to
|
||
|
||
duction-coil and back to the other pole of the secure by Letters Patent, is-
|
||
|
||
battery. The secondary helix has one of its The combination, in a telegraphic circuit, of
|
||
|
||
lloles connfcted to the line, the other with the a telephonic transmitter capable of transmit-
|
||
|
||
ground. At the rcceh·ing enc.l of the line the ting articulate sounds or spoken words with a
|
||
|
||
circuit 1msses through animal tissue, which rcceh·er capable of reproducing such sounds
|
||
|
||
may cousist of the human boc.ly or other eqni,.. or words tllroug·h the inter,·eutiou of auimal
|
||
|
||
alent material, which is in contact with the tissue in frictioiml contact with said recch·er.
|
||
plate D; from whellCe the circuit passes to the Iu testimonY whereof I haxe hereunto subground throng·h the stand, as shown in Fig. !!, scribed mr na'me.
|
||
|
||
auu as bereinl.Jefbre described. The induction-coil may be dispensed with by
|
||
|
||
ELISHA GRAY.
|
||
|
||
using a battery of high tension and smallquau- \\"itnesses:
|
||
|
||
tity; but this method woulcl not be so economi-
|
||
|
||
JOH~ F. PAREl',
|
||
|
||
cal in practice as the one hereinbeforedescribecl.
|
||
|
||
DA\ID ){. ERSKI:-;E, Jr.
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~~----------~--~
|
||
|
||
~~==========~~~~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
E. GRAY.
|
||
|
||
Art of Transmitting Rhythmical Vibrations in an
|
||
|
||
Eleotrio Circuit
|
||
|
||
No. ·205,378.
|
||
|
||
Patented June 25, 1878. ~----
|
||
|
||
ft.
|
||
|
||
,.. ------------------0
|
||
,•
|
||
|
||
..............
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
....--------...·'i
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
,~\ / - - ........
|
||
|
||
'
|
||
|
||
/
|
||
|
||
1+-----,'(-------D
|
||
|
||
,•-
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
..:...
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~ .-o;
|
||
|
||
T ~
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
·i·-----[ .·------------ ---:
|
||
|
||
,..
|
||
(
|
||
'\ +:
|
||
|
||
..I:..
|
||
-:-
|
||
|
||
,..< c
|
||
|
||
:
|
||
|
||
_____________ '
|
||
I .-.._
|
||
|
||
...II.
|
||
|
||
\
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
:
|
||
|
||
1 - ·-------~
|
||
,,~...
|
||
|
||
+ ~
|
||
|
||
'
|
||
|
||
, ~
|
||
|
||
--=----:;;;;;;;-
|
||
|
||
I'',·,·-- -----------1II
|
||
|
||
_,·-----1
|
||
|
||
,,'
|
||
|
||
..i..
|
||
|
||
C\t
|
||
|
||
+ I
|
||
|
||
--
|
||
|
||
.-~
|
||
|
||
-,--
|
||
|
||
'
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
I '. _--------------;:.
|
||
|
||
i -- .-------1I
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
:''
|
||
|
||
+
|
||
.-~
|
||
|
||
-
|
||
|
||
'
|
||
\
|
||
|
||
... __________
|
||
|
||
------:II
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
. ................... ----------------------------------------,.~"
|
||
|
||
' ff'"/T.,Yf:,'\S}:S
|
||
:#!!:Ia~
|
||
#e#.:>t?2~
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
l ..'lf'E~YTOR
|
||
.Ez~·.v,a.. c~. B!l /ai,., .1/ftJrnl'y..,
|
||
~~ ·- ~"'~~"\- qJ.~
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~-------~
|
||
|
||
ELISlll. GRAY, OF CIDC..!.GO, ~OIS.
|
||
|
||
-- ·----
|
||
|
||
IMPROVEMENT IN THE ART OF TRANSMITTING RHYTHMICAL VIBifATIONS IN AN ELECTRIC CIRCUIT.
|
||
|
||
Specification forming part of Letters Pattont :Yo. 20~,378, dated Jnne 25, 1~8; application filed April 9, 187H.
|
||
|
||
To all tclwm it may etmeem:
|
||
|
||
transmittecl, received, and reproduced, pre-
|
||
|
||
Be it known that I, ELISJU. GKA.Y, of Chi- serving their individuality as perfectly as the
|
||
|
||
cago, in the county of Cook and State of lUi- samewouldbepreservedinpassingthroughthe
|
||
|
||
nois, hnl"e invented certc1.in new and useful air. This patent also showed a closed circuit,
|
||
|
||
improl"ements in the art of generating and in wbich a continuous current from a main bat-
|
||
|
||
transmitting throngh··an electric circuit rhyth- tery kept a reproducing and receiving magnet
|
||
|
||
mical impulses, undulations, vibrations, or constantly ch~, and del"ices for varying
|
||
|
||
wal"es, representing composite tones, musical the po'~er or electro-motive force of the car-
|
||
|
||
impressions or sounds of any character or rent by superposing thereupon the vibrations
|
||
|
||
qqality whatever, and of audibly reproducing or undulations generated by the transmitters.
|
||
|
||
such ,;brations; and also in apparatus for so In Letters Patent Yo. 175,971, granted to
|
||
|
||
generating, transmitting, and reproducing me April 11, 1816, for improvements in tele-
|
||
|
||
such impulses, undulations, vibrations, or phonic telegraph apparatus, I have shown a
|
||
|
||
waves, of which improvements the following series of receivers so constructed that each
|
||
|
||
is a specification:
|
||
|
||
receiver, which consists of a resonant box
|
||
|
||
In Letters Patent of the United States "Nos. with a magnet having a tuned armature
|
||
|
||
·16.6,095 and 166,096, gran'ted to me July 27', mounted upon it, will only respond to the
|
||
|
||
187'5, in the caveat tiled by me February 14, particular note to which it is adapted, this
|
||
|
||
1876, and in sundry applications for Letters apparatus, in prcACtice, being arranged upon
|
||
|
||
Patent for improvements in electric telephony circuit, as shown in my patent of January 167 f§.led October 29, 187'7, I have shown devices 1871, No. 186,340, above mentioned.
|
||
|
||
intended to operate as common receivers and By having a number of receivers tuned to
|
||
|
||
reproducers of all sorts of. rhythmical vibra- all rates of vibration, with correspondently-
|
||
|
||
tions representing sounds of whatever kind tuned transmitters, it is possible to transmit
|
||
|
||
or quality with reference to the number of and receive composite sounds varying greatly
|
||
|
||
tonessimnltaneooslytransmitted,received,and reproduced, and their relations to each other
|
||
|
||
in respect to the di1ferent
|
||
|
||
quality, rate, vowel sounds
|
||
|
||
&c. may
|
||
|
||
bFe otrraninssmtai0tt:ecae1.
|
||
|
||
· spect to amt>litnde, rate, &c.
|
||
|
||
and received by this apparatus, providing that
|
||
|
||
an application for Let~rs Patent filed by the receivers are of the proper relation to each
|
||
|
||
e February 23' 1875, fo~ ·improvements in other, and all ~rranged near together, so as to
|
||
|
||
the art of transmitting musical impressions or get the composite effect of the tone sent
|
||
|
||
sounds telegrapbi~Ily, and· in apparatus for through the wire.
|
||
|
||
. ,
|
||
|
||
so transmitting such sounds or impre&qjons, I . Snch an,AAP?Wtne -ditef:H *he ~jat::
|
||
bave shown devices for transmitting musical matter ol a ditision of this application, filec.l
|
||
|
||
sounds, and one method of arranging the llay 18, 1878. ·
|
||
|
||
same on an electric circuit to produce the de- To render the vowel sound .A, for instance,
|
||
|
||
sired results, including the relation of the I would transmit a composite tone, the simple
|
||
|
||
main battery to the line and instruments at elements of which would bear the following
|
||
|
||
each end, and described the etfects produced. relations to each other. The amplitude of
|
||
|
||
·~ In Letters Patent Yo.186,340, granted to me vibration of any simple tone which goes to
|
||
|
||
7.J'a.nuary 16,1877, I have shown and described make up the composition of a vowel or any
|
||
|
||
a method of and apparatus for generating, sound is determined in this case by the num-
|
||
|
||
transmitting, and reproducing in an electric ber of cells ol the battery used by the trans-
|
||
|
||
circuit rhythmical i~pulses, unc.lnlations,vibra- mitter of that particular tone. Let us assume,
|
||
|
||
tions, or waves, as well as an impro"f'ed meth- as a basis for the fundamental or lowest tone
|
||
|
||
od of connecting the transmitting apparatus in the clang or composition of tones one
|
||
|
||
to the line and main battery, so that any tone hunc.lred vibr~tions per second. The vowel
|
||
|
||
of a series could be transmitted without in- A is composed of five simple tones. If, as we
|
||
|
||
terference with the power usedfor transmission have assumed, the first or fundamental tone
|
||
|
||
of another tone, and so that two or any great- have one hundred tibrations per second, the
|
||
|
||
er number of tones could simultaneously be second tone will haYe two hund.red7 the third
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~~~~~~~~~:~
|
||
|
||
~~~~~~!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!~~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
203,3'2'8
|
||
|
||
three hundred, the fourth four hundred, and Each transmitter is operated by its respectif'e
|
||
|
||
the tlfth fi.ve hundred. These tones, howe\·er, local battery, omitted for convenience of rep-
|
||
|
||
to producet he desired effect, must not all have resentation. The receivers R R 1 are similar
|
||
|
||
the same amplitude or loudness; the second to those shown in sundry applications for Let-
|
||
|
||
to~e should be rather moderate in strength, ters Patent of the United -States tllectby me
|
||
|
||
whtch will be accomplished by giving it fewer October 29, 1877, and consist (speaking gen-
|
||
|
||
cells of battery; the third, much greater amplitude, as this is the characteristic note of the
|
||
|
||
erally) of relatif'ely
|
||
|
||
atdoiaapnhrealgemct,ror,-macalgjnnsetta,brl.y
|
||
|
||
arranged The re-
|
||
|
||
clang, to accomplish which we add a greater ceiv·erR2 consistsof anelectro-magnetmounted
|
||
|
||
number of cells of battery; while the fourth upon a sounding-box in a way that will be
|
||
|
||
and fifth are added with a feeble amplittule. readily understood from the drawings, and
|
||
|
||
It will be seen that by this arrangement we (Jike the others) is capable of reprodncing
|
||
|
||
are able to control not only the number of tones of all T"arieties and qualities.
|
||
|
||
tones transmittetl, but their relations with It will be observe<l that nty arrangement of
|
||
|
||
respect to rate and amplitude.
|
||
|
||
batteries and transmitters admits of an unlim-
|
||
|
||
l'ftl6f1yUlpd!rfei!s'.e-tntfittffit nffiTe"u~n·.e'-fN:o~f&l&l~k.tlfiaoif'tltllkh~ f.i·.m.·
|
||
|
||
ited variety of adaptations and combinations
|
||
in respect to number and character of tones as
|
||
|
||
t>atents and applications abo~e recited, and to amplitude, rate, &c., so that when tbe
|
||
|
||
contemplates the combination, in an appara- quality of any tone is once determined by
|
||
|
||
tJ.tS for generating and transmitting Yibra- analysis it may be reproduced by my combi-
|
||
|
||
tions, impulses, or wa,·es representing com- nation by the organization of the seT"eral partrs
|
||
|
||
posite tones of a closed citcnit, a series of relatively to each other.
|
||
|
||
transmitters vibrating at such relatif'e speeds The operation of my inf'ention will readily
|
||
|
||
as to produce the fw1damental and harmonics be understood from the accompanying descrip-
|
||
|
||
of the tone to be transmitted, a main battery tion. V\7Jlen it is desired to transmit a com-
|
||
|
||
so &lTanged as to give each transmitter the posite tone of a particular clang, I depress the
|
||
|
||
desired relative amplitude of vibration, and a keys which bring into operation such batteries
|
||
|
||
common receiver, or one capable of reprotluc- and transmitters as an analysis of such clang
|
||
|
||
iug tones of every variety and quality.
|
||
|
||
tlictates we should use. To transmit a sound·
|
||
|
||
The subject-matter claimed will hereinafter of di11'erent quality, depress a <li1ferent set of
|
||
|
||
speci1ically be designated.
|
||
|
||
keys, arranged, as before stated, with reference
|
||
|
||
The accompanying diagram represents an t() the necessities of· the case.
|
||
|
||
arrangement upon circuit of generating, trans- It is unnecessary to go into a detailed anal-
|
||
|
||
mitting, and reproducing apparatus for carry- ysis of a great variety of sounds, as the prin-
|
||
|
||
ing outmyimproT"ement, threeditferent varie- ciple involved is fully set forth in the case
|
||
|
||
ties of common receif'ers or reproducers being already given.
|
||
|
||
shown.
|
||
|
||
From the above it is easy to concei~e that
|
||
|
||
The different sections, 1 2 3 4 5, of the composite tones may be mechanicaUy trans-
|
||
|
||
main battery,itwill be observed, are arranged, mitted by a proper arrangement of transmit-
|
||
|
||
·as to number of cells or electro-motive force, ters, batteri~~ &c.
|
||
|
||
with respect to the amplitude of vibration or 1. . . . . . . ,.~.ii~~~~~~~~ii
|
||
|
||
wave desired in each of the tones of the com-...
|
||
|
||
I!
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
|
||
position.
|
||
|
||
The combination, substantially as hereinbe-
|
||
|
||
- The diagram shows three different kinds of fore set forth, in an apparatus for generating
|
||
|
||
receivers, R R1 R', each capable of reproduc- and transmitting vilJrations, impnlses, or
|
||
|
||
ing composite tones or sounds of every char- wavesrepresentingcompositetones,ofaclosed
|
||
|
||
acter. lt is deemed unnecessary to describe in circuit, a series of trausmitrers vibrating at
|
||
|
||
detail the construction· of the appar.ltus em- snch relatiT"e speeds as to produce the fnnda-
|
||
|
||
ployed, more than to say that it comprises mental and harmonics of the tone to be trans-
|
||
|
||
main aud local batteries, an apparatus for mitted, a main battery so arranged as to gh·e
|
||
|
||
generating and transmitting vibrations repre- each transmitter the desired relative ampli-
|
||
|
||
senting the composite tone to be transmitted, tude of ribration, and a common receif'er, or
|
||
|
||
a receiring apparatus capable of reproducing one capable of reproducing tones of eYery
|
||
|
||
such tones, and a closed circuit through which variet.y and quality.
|
||
|
||
a continuous cUITent 1lows to keep the mag- In testimony whereof I have hereunto sub-
|
||
|
||
nets permanently charged. The arrangement scribed my name.
|
||
|
||
of circuit is similar to that shown in my patent of January 16, 1877, above mentioned,
|
||
|
||
ELISHA GRAY.
|
||
|
||
while the transmitters represented in the dia- Witnesses:
|
||
|
||
gram are similar to those shown in Letters Patent No. 165,728, granted to me July 207 1875.
|
||
|
||
GEo.B.C~as,
|
||
D. M. EBsXIN, Jr.
|
||
|
||
~· ~ ..a. ..-
|
||
|
||
L.
|
||
|
||
a s £. ill
|
||
|
||
~~~~~11-------_.-1. 1~~.~11~
|
||
|
||
o (lf Jrlodel.)
|
||
'
|
||
|
||
W. W. JACQUES.
|
||
|
||
- SYSTEM OF ELECTRICAL COMMUNICATION.
|
||
|
||
-:t..
|
||
'I,
|
||
1
|
||
|
||
··No. 246,887.
|
||
|
||
Patented Sept. 13,1881.
|
||
|
||
~- 2.
|
||
|
||
c
|
||
0
|
||
I fA:-t- n e <5.5iiS. . · · ·
|
||
/ t?3. ~--d.
|
||
~~,I
|
||
|
||
rYnve 7VCO~
|
||
. tt/~·-1-V:JQ.<~'
|
||
|
||
- - I~II~'Zfll---------111~~11~ UNITED STATES ·PATENT OFFICE. .. :. ,
|
||
|
||
WILLIAM. W. JACQUES, OF BOSTON, MAS~ACHUSETTS.
|
||
·~
|
||
SYSTEM OF ELECTRICAL COMMUNICATION.
|
||
|
||
ot SPECIFICATION' forming. part Letters Paten~ llo.• 248,887, dated September-·13, lSSi.
|
||
Applicatioa lled lfay IT. 1881. (No modeLr
|
||
|
||
To all wlwm ~t may-concer11 :
|
||
|
||
The usc·of ametallic circtiit or wire return
|
||
|
||
Be it known that I, WILLIA.li W.JA.CQUES~ in lien of tbe employment of the earth in that
|
||
|
||
of Boston, in the county of ~uft"olk and State capacity necessnrily hnplitts double the cost 55
|
||
|
||
or ~fassachuset~, have· inT'ente<l certain Im- for line-wire arul a clonlJle amount of labor in
|
||
|
||
5 provements in Systems of Electrical Cornmu- stringing the samt". MoreovPr, in view of the
|
||
|
||
uication, or wbich the following is a specifica- fact. that nearly all ord_inary lines are gronnd-.
|
||
|
||
tion.
|
||
|
||
circuit lines, it is evhleut that the act of con-
|
||
|
||
My in\"elltion relates to impro\·ements in necting an ordinary grounded circnit to each 6o
|
||
|
||
,o electrical circuits and conductors, and has for end of a. metallic circuit would in effect reduce its objects the at'oidance of the electrical dis- the entire system once more to a grnnnded ~il·
|
||
|
||
turbances iucideu t to the use of the ground cilit, thus annulling all the advantag~s prP-
|
||
|
||
when ernploye<l a:i a means of completing the \"iously gained.
|
||
|
||
·
|
||
|
||
circuit of a line of electrical communication, Bv mv invention:4 these evils a·re ob,·iatecl. 65
|
||
|
||
and also the a\·oidance of similar disturbances To that t-nd, instpad of connecting the line-
|
||
rs whicb origihate from the passage of any ex- wire to the ~ronucl at each terri1inal,. I connect
|
||
|
||
traneouscurrent~, which take the electric wires it to one side of a larJ,:~ condenser, the other
|
||
|
||
as a ready and eas.v path to the t'arth.
|
||
|
||
side of v:hicb is eitht->t•. left entirt->Jy open ami
|
||
|
||
Expenence bas· demonstrated that all lines insulated, or else is count>cted to a huge mass 70 .
|
||
|
||
constructed. for electrieal correspondence,· ex- or surface iusnlated from tbe ea.rtlJ-such, fur
|
||
|
||
~o cepr. metallic circuits, m·e atr~cted. by earth- examplE', as a tinnetl root".
|
||
|
||
currents, which vary considerably in ·strength The follo,viug descl"irlriou of my in\·rution
|
||
|
||
nnd direction ·at different hours of the day and will enable those skilled in the art to \\"hi~h it night, although at no time are the wires totally appertahaN tu apply nnd use it, reftou~uct• being 75
|
||
|
||
free ft·om their induence. 'fbese currents are bad to tb.. ;acc·ompnnying drawinf:N, whidt form
|
||
zs cbi~Hy cuu~cd by tile connection formed by the n pa1·t of thi~ spPciticatiou, aDll iu whidt the
|
||
|
||
'\\'ire bet\\"eeu diilerent portions or .the earth:s 8~\-ernl figures represent disposition~ or the
|
||
|
||
surfac·e ha\•ing .different Plt'ctl"ical potentials, drcuits iu accordance therewith.
|
||
|
||
and tht-y interfere with the proper ,,·orking of In Figure l is shown a telei,huue-liuP, L, to 8'" · .
|
||
|
||
the line to a considerable extent. When the .which _my invention iN applicel at ~acla of the ··
|
||
|
||
30 receiving-instrumei1t of sac~ conduct-ing-wires t\VO terminal stations A ancl B, the mode or
|
||
|
||
bs or \'ery. delicate construction, responding ·application at A tlitferiug slightly from that .
|
||
|
||
readily to slight changes or \"1\riations or cnr· em·ployed at B. Fig. ~ exhilJits the arrange- ..-.;. -rent-such, ·for example, as a teJephoue-the went of circoit;s nt a terminal statiou, showing Ss· ""7~ disturbances s~ caused, as also the disturbances the mode of conuectiug a truuk telepllone-line · . ~~
|
||
|
||
35 due to the extraneous currents hereinbefore re- J>rol"ided with my invention tnt he se,·eral short ·-:., ':
|
||
ferred to, become a source of serious. annoyance wires r~dt~ting from the snid terminal station. .. -~::
|
||
|
||
and inco~venience. They manifest themselve~f In Fig. 1, Lis the line-wire, supported as fre- . :. ··.by a confused murmur which is heard h1 the quently as may be ueces~ary by the insulators 90. ·: telephone, and which becomes at times so in· i, fixecl ou. the cross-arms D of the pples-P. It :;~{ ·~: 44 tense as to be in tolerable. ··.It then drowns and is shown as terminating in one plate or series.> A~: confuses conversation which is being carried of plates ·or a condenser, C, at one station, A, \)[~ on, rendering it impossible to understand the after passing thrQngh the coil of the uecessary ../~!·,j words which are transmitted on the telephone- instruments, which in this case are represented_ .95 ·~·
|
||
line. These· interposing currents may and by· the telephone T, the opposiug plates of th~ ·.··.\JX
|
||
45 .have heretofore been prevented from entering comtenser being left completely. insulated or .~X:.:~· and tiowing in the circuits by the employment unattached t.o any conductor. At t~e othr~,. _";/:~~t
|
||
|
||
of_ a second wire returning to the originat-ing- terminal station, B; oC the liue L the coune~:-~.:~::!~:
|
||
station, thus forming the _circuit entirely of tions are similarly made, the only l"ariatioll JO~..
|
||
wire, and rendering the introdt~ction ·of the being that in this case I ha\·e shown the oppo:.~)~~~~~
|
||
|
||
5" earth into the circuit ·and ita employment as site series of condeuser-plates connected to the ·:<._;:.:
|
||
|
||
a return entirely unnecessary. This plan has, ro~f R of the ho.use H, the object to be gal~~ :··:~::j
|
||
|
||
~owever, certain disadval!tages.
|
||
|
||
bemg a largely·Jncreased so~face or mas~, an.4.~ :~~~~ . ··"-~·.r,i~· ;J.
|
||
|
||
- - ll~lllr~~ll------llrrhVIII~I
|
||
|
||
~~~~~Afii--------IJ~Thlll~
|
||
|
||
~:';S~;-;:,~j;,:;P"~~~~~~:~,::--•<~··~~!~:~~~JI'~;:-;F>'1'tt~-:~} J, 0:1~'"-~\"'
|
||
|
||
~---:: -. eoifespc)nding in~e· in the capacity of however, in practice that the transmitted sig-~__:
|
||
|
||
· the condenser. · ~o ·Connection at either end nals or sounds increMe in ·volume aud distinc~~~
|
||
|
||
=- • is made withthe· earth.~ · . _ .- . _ .: · . ness as the cap-acity of ·the; condense!' is in~ ~:r
|
||
.;._--:·-·.- .. In .Jrict~: 2 the io~ming ~ine L, arriving at creased. -· :. · : : . · ·: ·._. ~ :~<; o- ·.· : · : ~- -~··.
|
||
|
||
5 the ~central station, .A, ~~ connected by the It ia perfectly practicable and may in oome ~ switeh 8 through th~·wire Y to the telephone casea be desirable to connect br.1nch lin!!s to a ·
|
||
|
||
and ungr~unded cOndenser 0. · L' and L3 are main line tErminated in the manner described .
|
||
|
||
branch lines, which may, of course, be inded· by looping them from the main line at a 1,oint. ·.
|
||
|
||
niteJy increased iil number, be of any desired· or points ·between the terminals of said main \
|
||
|
||
1o length, and be constructed to any desired point. Jiue. This being an obvious· and self-evident 6o
|
||
|
||
··Each branch line likewise term'inates at the arrange~eot, I have not considered it as nee-
|
||
|
||
several stations 0 o' in a COntlenser or Similar essary t0 be delineated in .tJ:te dra""iogs.
|
||
|
||
reservoir o(electricity having ita opposite side What 1 claim as my inv4ntion, and desire
|
||
|
||
insulated or connected to any convenient sur- to secure by Letters Patent, il$- ·
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
IS face of metal or ~tber conducting material of 1. In a line for electric signaling or cnmmu- 65
|
||
|
||
considerable size. These. brdocbes may, in a nicatiou, the line-wire having electrical receiv-
|
||
|
||
telephoue-exchange syst~m, represent the sev- ing-fnstrnments connected therein, and bt-ing
|
||
|
||
eral subscribers' lines, and· by means of the itself connecte<l with a condenser of \vbicb
|
||
|
||
usual switches or ci.rcuit-chaugera m~y readily one si(le is insulated or connected 'vith an in---.
|
||
|
||
:zo be connectet~ to the main line L or to one an- sulated conductive mass and tbe otbsr with 70
|
||
|
||
other.
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
~ the said line-wire~ substaQtially a:s described_~,
|
||
|
||
Although the instruments are in each draw- 2. At the terminal stat~oos of a telegrapa·
|
||
|
||
ing represented as telepbones;-my invention or telephone line, the combination of a t\lle-
|
||
|
||
s may b~ appli~<l in a similar manner and with pbo11e or other receiving-instrument adapted
|
||
:z equal facility to lines furnished \Vith any form ~o be oper-e&ted by a current or currents of elec- 75
|
||
|
||
ot" instrument operated by currents of e1ectrici- tricity with a condenser one side of \Vhich is
|
||
|
||
ty, such applica~ion being-only liinitetl by the connected through the saitl receh·ing-in.,tru-
|
||
|
||
degtee oC delicacl= of operd.tioo possessed by went ·to the line-conductor, tbe other b~ing
|
||
|
||
. the instruments so e1nployed.
|
||
|
||
completely insulated or connectecl to an ir.su-
|
||
|
||
JO .lam aware that receiving-telephones ha,•e lated masa or surface of rnetal or other con- So
|
||
|
||
· bt'~ll constructecl \Vbicb operc~.te by the attrac- ductiug material.
|
||
|
||
tion between two or more 1,lattas oC metal, 3•. Thecombinatjon,iu atelepbone-exchangt!
|
||
|
||
\'"bicb bear to one another tbe .relation of two system, of a main line unconnected \Vitb the
|
||
plates of a condenser, such attraction beiog gronncl, a condenser one side of which is con-
|
||
|
||
35 can~ed by a static charge of electricity com- nected to the saicl main line, the other sicle 85
|
||
|
||
rnuoicated to one of the plates, ~nc.l that in being insulated or connected to au insnh&te•l
|
||
|
||
sui!'b telephuoes the OIJ()otdte plate bas been conducting mass or surface, a series of branch-- .
|
||
|
||
·either complt'tely iusuluted or conoec~teu to a. or subscribers' lines t-ach similarly Jm>Vitlecl · ·
|
||
|
||
mass of metal, and I do uot claina ~uy su~h with and ternlinating in a condenser, which i~
|
||
|
||
40 t.;Owbination. My ioveutiou is ~sseutially dif- connected in the manner inuicated, and the 90
|
||
|
||
fereot, in that no special form of telephone is ·subscribet":i7 teletlbones or recei\'ing · instrn-
|
||
|
||
uecessary.
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
menta iu said b1-aocb circuits, stibstahtially a.1
|
||
|
||
I have obtained gofXl results, both as rt-gards set forth.
|
||
|
||
distinct articulate speech and freedom from In testimony whereof I ha,·esigned my oa~e
|
||
|
||
45 earth-current disturbances, from the herein be- to this specification, in the vresence of two sub· 9S
|
||
|
||
fore-<lescribed .arrangement by the nse of coo- scribing witnesses, this 24th day of lia)•, 1881.
|
||
|
||
deusers ha\·iug a capacity of nine microfarads,
|
||
|
||
WILLIAM \V. JACQUES.
|
||
|
||
and telephonic traosmis~ion iscompletelyprac- Witnesses:.
|
||
|
||
so
|
||
|
||
ticable when condensers are employed having a mn~h smaller capacitr. It wil.l be found,
|
||
|
||
J. B. HENOX, Jr., TBos. D. Locx:wooJJ.
|
||
|
||
-!I. . I I F r ' L N I I
|
||
|
||
- 1~11~1
|
||
|
||
- - I~ II~ 11---------111]\.TAJII~
|
||
|
||
(No Model.)
|
||
|
||
P. B. DELANY.
|
||
|
||
~ELECTRICAL SYNCHRONOUS MECHANISM.
|
||
|
||
No. 286,281.
|
||
|
||
Patented Oct. 9, 1883.
|
||
|
||
/....--
|
||
|
||
c •
|
||
|
||
/
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
~~ 7
|
||
~ ••••••••
|
||
|
||
INVENTOR
|
||
.ratrick'.B.fielan.y
|
||
Bu. hi~ .J A.ltu~ r"eU.J ~ • ...F /1 //''F . r()i~ ;), .
|
||
- - ... ------~
|
||
~~~~~r;r~~~-•- - - - - - 1 1 rr~~ll,.l
|
||
|
||
- ·- 1~11~11-------lll~~tll~ UNI'"fED STATES PATENT OFFICE.
|
||
|
||
PATRICK B. DEL~-y, OF ~'"'EW YORK, ~. Y., .ASSIG:SOR TO THE ST..L~D.:\.RD. EI~ECTRIC :U.A~liFA.CTURLS'G CO)IF~-ry, OF S.A.'.UE PL..lCE.
|
||
ELECTRI9AL SYNCHRONOUS MECHANISM.
|
||
|
||
SPECIFICAl'ION forming part of Letters Patent No. 286,281, dated October 9, 1883.
|
||
A.pplicatfoa 81ed A.oguat 8, 18f!3. CN'o model.>
|
||
|
||
To all whom, it may COnc8171d
|
||
|
||
r B', and thence back to the opposite pQle of t.he .
|
||
|
||
Be it known that I, P A.TBICX: B. DEL..\~iY, a. battery. A resistance, R', is placed around · .'
|
||
|
||
citizen of the United Stat.es, and a resident of thecontactszandy, topreventsparking, being · ·.·
|
||
|
||
the city, county, and State of Sew York, haV"e run from the point a3 to the head of the fork.· 55
|
||
|
||
5 inventedcertainuewandusefulimprovements When the fork is mechanically started into: ·
|
||
|
||
inElectricalSynchronons ~Iechanism, ofwhich vibration, its local circuit will be made and ·-: ·
|
||
|
||
the following is a specification.
|
||
|
||
.broken in the ordinary way, and its vibration .
|
||
|
||
-· "!fy4ao endon he spce'nl ua£ t n•• h 018&· ·maintained continuously. The contact ~on ·
|
||
|
||
class of apparatus shown and claimed in an the opposite tine of the fork makes and breaks 6o
|
||
|
||
to application for LettersPatent.tiled by me .A.pril contact with the finger y as the fork vibrates,
|
||
|
||
1!!, 1St'3, serially numbered 91,489; and the thus opening and closing a local circuit con-
|
||
|
||
general organi1.ation pf the apparatus illus- taining a. battery and magnet which continu- -
|
||
|
||
trated in the drawings attached heret-o is the ously rotate the transmission apparatus C. '-)~. ~
|
||
|
||
same as that set forth in said application, with This motor-circuit isindicated by broken lines, 6s -.~
|
||
|
||
I 5 two exceptions, which constitute the subject- and runs t'rom the ROSitive pole of the battery:· ·. .
|
||
|
||
matter of my present invention, and are here- D' to lever B, contact-finger y, contact z, head , -
|
||
|
||
ina3fftJeir nsepeecnirfficoanlclyondsetsScLriSbMeldl.fiii11ptotett~
|
||
|
||
A' ofthe fork, and, _by wired, through the coils.· of the motor-magnet D D to the opposite pole ..._
|
||
|
||
ofcontrollingthemotor-circnit at each sta.tion, of the battery. A resistance, R, is thro~ jo.:;
|
||
|
||
20 so as to Yary the speed of the actuating appa- around the contacts .t: y, to prevent sparking•. :::~ ~. _:
|
||
|
||
ratus at each station, and, second, an arrange- The rotary transmission apparatus C, '\\·hi!!h •· ·.
|
||
|
||
ment by which the operator in charge at one is proYided with armature-teeth c, is actuated
|
||
|
||
station can tell when correcting-impulses of by the magnet D D. This apparatus consists ~ •
|
||
|
||
electricity leal"ehis station to correct the spt."ed of a stationary·table of contacts, F', arranged 75
|
||
|
||
25
|
||
|
||
o
|
||
|
||
f th fn
|
||
|
||
e t
|
||
|
||
apyamtus at the he accompdnymg
|
||
|
||
dd!:_rs!tta~nhtigsst;atiJoH~:.g.u,
|
||
|
||
r
|
||
|
||
e
|
||
|
||
i
|
||
|
||
·r
|
||
IS
|
||
|
||
. concentrically. aro~nd the_ vertiGal rotating shaft F.'\\"hich IS drll"en by the armature-wheel
|
||
|
||
a diagrammatic plan view of two electrically-. C and is connected with the line. A trailing
|
||
|
||
connected stations arranged according to my finger or circuit-completer, f, which traverses
|
||
|
||
inV"ention.
|
||
|
||
,the conta.cts, is carried by a radial arm, F-, ·ao
|
||
|
||
30 'f'Jte t« o Hndoas !f and ¥ .ue connected oy "'P'r6jecting from the shaft. It is deemed nn-
|
||
|
||
a main line and circuit·breaker, consisting in necessary further to describe this apparatus, ns
|
||
|
||
this instance of a Yibrntor-fork, a, at each sta- it is fullv illustrated and described in detail in
|
||
|
||
tion, which is automatically YibrJ.ted by a lo- my appiication for improyements ·in teleg-
|
||
|
||
cal battery, L B! an<lmagnet .:\,the circuit of raphy. filed April ·I:'?, 1883, serially nnm- 85
|
||
|
||
35 this local battery being marked a' and· indi- beretl 91,493.
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
<>ated by the tine dotted lines. The poles of I hal"e shown sixty contact-pieces in the cir-
|
||
|
||
the vibrator-magnet A arc provided "·ith ex:- cnlar table of contacts, which are numbered
|
||
|
||
tensiou-screwsa::,ofmn.gneticmetal,.sothatthey from 1 to 10 in six: independent sets orseries.
|
||
|
||
may be approached to-or withdrawn from the These contacts, except those numbered 9 and 90
|
||
|
||
40 tin~s of the fork to regulate their rate of Yi- 10, may be connected in any suitable order or
|
||
|
||
bration. l?latinum contacts x r' on the inner groups for any purpose desired, as fully set
|
||
|
||
taees of the fork ·tines make and break contact torth in my two applications aboYe mentioned.
|
||
|
||
with spring-O.ngers y y', carried by adjustable 'Vhen thet:raUing contact-fingers/at both sta-.
|
||
|
||
insulated arms or levers B B', piYotecl upon the tions are upon the contacts bearing the same 9~
|
||
|
||
45 heel-plate of the apparatus, and adjusted by number, the corresponding instruments, what-
|
||
|
||
thnmb-SCl't.}s b, against "·hich they are drawn ever they may be, connected to these contacts
|
||
|
||
hy spiral springs. The local circuit indicated at each station will be placed in commnnica- , •
|
||
|
||
hy the tine dotted line n1ns from the positiV"e tion m·er the line, and as the fingers at both . c :• •• pol(> of the b21itei'Y through the coils of the stations continue ·to move syuchrouously.they 100~
|
||
so ,.il,.·atm·-mngnet to the heml of the fork. aml will pas.~ to the m..xt contact, snccessi¥ely, over
|
||
|
||
- - throu;:rh contact~ ;1.' y' to the immlntPtl Jp,·('r all tht" contn<·ts nt Paeh ~tation. Dming the
|
||
ll~llr;r~~li----------.,17~~11,.1
|
||
|
||
- -- I~~~~TAJ 11---------II~TAJI I~
|
||
-
|
||
|
||
moment when the moving fingers are upon the 'adjustable box of resistances; S. 'When the
|
||
|
||
correspondingly-numbered contact-pieces at apparatus at one station runs too fast. how-
|
||
|
||
eachstation, the circuit from the contact at one ever, and a c9rrecting impulse of electricity is jo
|
||
|
||
station to that at the other is completeandin- received through the main line and line 1, th~
|
||
|
||
5 dependent of all the other circuits.
|
||
|
||
relay '(j in that line is energized. s~_.tha.t_its
|
||
|
||
.. In order to maintain the synchronous nto,·e- armature is dra"·n from ,..its-- oae~- stop, thus
|
||
|
||
ment of the apparatus at both stations, I ar- breaking its local circuit u and permitting the
|
||
|
||
1-ange the 9 andlO contactsasfollo"·s: Atsta- armature ofasecond electro-magnet Y to t1lll i5
|
||
|
||
tion X three of the 9's farthest removed from to its back stop, which completes a shnnt-cir-
|
||
|
||
to P.ach other are connected together and to a 1 cuit:, 11, around the resistance S, so as to cat
|
||
|
||
battery, K. and that three of the 10's farthest it out of the ribrator- circ...'lit., The electrc-
|
||
|
||
removedfrom each other are connecte<l to each motive force of the vibrator-circuit is there-
|
||
|
||
other and to line l, which leads to the correct- .fore momentarily increased, the vibration of So
|
||
|
||
ing and regulating devices, which will be here- the fork momentarily retart.lt',:-, and the rota-
|
||
|
||
15 after described. The remaining three inter- tion of the trailing finger slow-ed so that it
|
||
|
||
lllet.liate !fs amllO~s are unconnected mth any drops back upon the proper contact.
|
||
|
||
circuit. .At stution Y the 9's corresponding to Tbe operation of the appat-atus is the same
|
||
|
||
those connected w-ith the battery at station X at both stations. The operator at either sta- 85 are unconnected, while the alternate 9's are tion can alw~ys tell when the correcting im-
|
||
|
||
20 connected with the battery K~; and the 10's at pulse is recei\·ed by the stroke of the relay Y..
|
||
|
||
Y which with the
|
||
|
||
are connected with eaeh other and correcting devices through the line l
|
||
|
||
1
|
||
|
||
In order to enable him also to know correcting impulse is sent from his s
|
||
|
||
when the tation to
|
||
|
||
correspond with those which are unconnected the. distant station, I place a relay_and sounder, 90
|
||
|
||
with station X, the remaining 1o-·s at Y being ,V, in the correcting- battery circuit at each
|
||
|
||
2 5 unconnected. At both stations the three 10's station between the 9-contac~ anti the grounc.l.
|
||
|
||
which are connected with the correcting de- Both operators can therefore tell the way th~
|
||
|
||
vices through the line l are built out or e::t- apparatus is working, and which is rnnning
|
||
|
||
tended tow:lr!l the adjoining 9·s which are not faster than the other.
|
||
|
||
95
|
||
|
||
connected with uny circuit.
|
||
|
||
- . In starting the apparatus, the instrument at
|
||
|
||
30 Thus far the organization t.lescribed is pre- 'X is put in motion by starting the ,-ibrJ.tor
|
||
|
||
cisely similar to tha~ se~ forth in my two ap- andimpartinganimpnl.seofrotationtothe\"er-
|
||
|
||
plications above mentioned. ,\~hen the trnil· tical shaft .F, and the ac.Ijnstment of the two
|
||
|
||
· ing contact-fingers at both stations are mo\·ed apparatus is completetl at station Y. ...-\.t that 100
|
||
|
||
synchronously, so long us they rest upon cor- station tli.e ~perntor also starts his apparatus
|
||
|
||
3S respondingly-nnmbereu contacts at the same and closes the switches )[ X. By means of
|
||
|
||
"?' moment, there will be no occa.sion for correc- the relay Y, which cuts the resistance out of
|
||
. tion of either appa.rntus. If the apparatus at the fork- circuit, and sounder eoutrol~ed
|
||
|
||
Y, however, ntns a trifle faster than that at by t11e relay in the ·circuit of the battery K, 105
|
||
|
||
X, the finger fat station Y will touch the ex-~ ft·om which correcting impulses arc sent t~ the
|
||
|
||
o~-o tended side of i.l 10 contact, while the finger at distant· station, the operator can tell which
|
||
|
||
X is still on a battery-connected 9. .An im- apparatus is running fn.':ti:er, and can adjust
|
||
|
||
J pQ}se of electricity will be sent from the bnt-
|
||
tery K, at station X, o\·er the line and through
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
his own apparatus until the absence of stroke on the two tell-tales indicates that
|
||
|
||
atnhy~
|
||
|
||
uo
|
||
|
||
.the contact 10 and line l, to the correcting de- apparJ.tus at the two stations are running syn-
|
||
|
||
45 vices at that station. Exactly the sanae operc1o- chronously. The box of resistances S may of
|
||
|
||
tion occurs if the apparatus at X mm·es fnster course ~ prorided with plugs or any other
|
||
|
||
than that at Y. The means for utilizing these means for regulating the amount of resi~tance
|
||
|
||
coiTecting-impnlses to control the speed of tlle normally included in the local circuit. . ·I I5
|
||
|
||
apparatus at the station receiving them con- 'Vhile I haT'e llescribed my present iuven-
|
||
so stitutes the first part of my present invention. tion with special reference to one form of ap-
|
||
|
||
The apparatus is shown as organized for the paratus, it is ob"":ous that the in,·eution is
|
||
|
||
transmission of retarding impulses from one adapted to the sending of accelerating iru-
|
||
|
||
station to another, and I make tbem effective pulses as well as retart.ling impulses, und that I ~o
|
||
|
||
55
|
||
|
||
by cutting a resistance out of the ,·iln-ator-circuit whene\·er a correcting impulse is rcceiYed.
|
||
|
||
1 t
|
||
|
||
it may shown
|
||
|
||
b in
|
||
|
||
e o
|
||
|
||
applied also to ther applications
|
||
|
||
the in
|
||
|
||
orbranizations electrical syn·
|
||
|
||
The effect of this is to incx:e-.1.~e the electro-mo· chronons movements filetl by me .April 1:!.
|
||
|
||
tive force of the local vibrator-circuit and the 1883, and serially numbered 91~4!JO,. tJ1,491,
|
||
|
||
power of the electro-magnets .A., so that they ·and 91, 49:!.
|
||
|
||
I 25
|
||
|
||
act upon the tines of the fork with a greater It will be obser\·ed that when a correcting
|
||
|
||
6o force, thus increusing the amplitude of vibra- impulse of electricity actuates the relay l: the
|
||
|
||
tions but slowing th~ rate. This retardation moment the relay- armature leaves its back
|
||
|
||
of vibration will of course effect the speed stop the loc-al circuit tt is broken, and the armn-
|
||
|
||
with which the motor circuit is made anti bro· ture of the second relay, Y, is instantaneously I 30
|
||
|
||
ken, ancl consequentlv retart.l the rotation of drawn to its back stop, thus completing tbe
|
||
|
||
65 the trailing finger. "
|
||
|
||
shunt around the resistanceS. The adjustment
|
||
|
||
-ll~llr:r~~li-------illr~~ll,.-l The l"ibmtor local circuit (indicated by the of the armature ofthe relay U is \"ery delicate, fine dotted line) works ordinurily through au so that it responds immedh1.tely to any correct-
|
||
|
||
- - 1~11~11-------II~TAU I~
|
||
|
||
. ••e.tll
|
||
|
||
3
|
||
|
||
ing impulse: while the spring of the amia- paratus with means for automatically chang· so
|
||
|
||
tare of the relay. V is of comparatively liigh ing the resistance of the circuit which con-
|
||
|
||
tension, so that itmovesto its back stop instan· trois the movement of Eaid apparatus when-
|
||
|
||
taneously. This plan ofmaking the correcting ever a correcting impulse of electricity is re-
|
||
|
||
5 impulse effective when the armature of the :re- ceived.
|
||
|
||
-•
|
||
|
||
lay U leaves its baek stop I consider very im· 2. The combi atiou, substantially as set 55
|
||
|
||
portant, as the corrections are practically in_· forth, of synchro usly-actuated apparatns, a
|
||
|
||
stant;l.neonsly JDade effective., whereas, if they cor1-ecting-battery t one station, means for
|
||
|
||
were not made e1fectiye until the armature of transmitting a rre ing impulse of electricity
|
||
|
||
10 the relay bad been drawn to its front stop, the to a iiistant statio
|
||
|
||
ver the apparatus at
|
||
|
||
action of the correcting devices would be slug- said distant station ru s out of-time with that 6o
|
||
|
||
gish. This feature of my invention is not lim· at the first station, and n indicator or sounder
|
||
|
||
ited to the interyention of the relay Y between placed in the correctin battery-circuit at the
|
||
|
||
the first relay and the shunt-circuit, nor to fi1'St station to indicat when correcting im- .
|
||
|
||
15 any particular manner of utilizing the correct· pulses of electricity are n& from that battery.
|
||
|
||
ing impulses; but I consider my invention 3. The combination, tbstantially as set 65
|
||
|
||
broadly to consist in the feature of makingthe forth, with synchronous el trically actuated
|
||
|
||
correcting impulses effective when contact and controlled apparatus, o evices for indi-
|
||
|
||
with the back stop of the relay is broken. eating when controlling or corr · "'mpulses
|
||
|
||
:zo In my prior application filed..!.prill2, 1883, 1of electricity are recei;ed o a distant sta•
|
||
|
||
and serially numbered 91,489, above referred 1 tion, and also when correc · g impulses of jO
|
||
|
||
to, I have described the way in which the ap· ele~tricity are trJ.nsmitted a distant station.
|
||
|
||
paratus at the two sta~ions is bronght into syn- - 4. The combination bstantially as set
|
||
|
||
chronism by a rather e:tact manipulation of. forth, or electrically- ontrolled synchronous
|
||
|
||
~5 the devices. I haYe found·in practice, how- apparatus~ means fi automatically correcting
|
||
|
||
e;er, that where the apparatus at the two sta- the speed of s:: · apparatus at one station by iS
|
||
|
||
tions is running at approximately the same a correctinrr m ulse of electricity when it
|
||
|
||
speed within libeml limits, and the switches rnns out ot 1 ith that at a distant station,
|
||
|
||
all closed, (and this the operators can readily and'a.rela worked by the <>orrectingimpulses!
|
||
|
||
30 tell by the strokesou the tell-tales,) that the a.p- which m· ·es such correcting impulses effect-
|
||
|
||
paratus. will of itself, in a few moments, come ive upo the apparatus to be corrected when So
|
||
|
||
into synchronism without t..be inter;ention of the rei -armature lea,·es its back stop. .
|
||
|
||
the operators.
|
||
|
||
5. e combination, substantially as set
|
||
|
||
It will be apparent that if th_e circuit-com- forth, of. electrically-controlled synchronous
|
||
|
||
35 pleter at onestation is traveling more rapidly appa tas, means for automatically changing
|
||
|
||
than that at the other, its e:tcess of speed soon the sistance of the circuit which controls 85
|
||
|
||
causes it to o;ertake the circuit-completer at the ovement of said apparatus "·henever a
|
||
|
||
the other station and bring them both into c
|
||
|
||
· ·mpulse of electricity is received,
|
||
|
||
such relation to the battery-connected 9's and and- a relay which per.niits snch CQrreeting im-
|
||
|
||
40 correcting 10's that the correcting impulses pulse to become effective when the relay-arma·
|
||
|
||
will thereafter maintain them in the cot·reet tnre leaYes its back stop.
|
||
|
||
90
|
||
|
||
position.
|
||
|
||
In testimony whereof I ha¥e hereunto sub-
|
||
|
||
Any subjects-matter herein shown or de- scribed my name.
|
||
|
||
scribed, out claimed in cases 91,488, 91,48~, 1
|
||
|
||
- B DEI A.~""T
|
||
|
||
45 91,490, 91,491, 91,492, or 91,493, filed Aprd
|
||
|
||
PATRICK ·
|
||
|
||
.. J -
|
||
|
||
•
|
||
|
||
12, 1883, are disclaimed herein.
|
||
|
||
'\itnesses:
|
||
|
||
I claim as my inYention-
|
||
1. llib eaml5!11Jtl!JH, substund~tt3 as ·set
|
||
|
||
X ELLIE HoL:uE;.;,
|
||
E. c. DJxro::;ox.·
|
||
|
||
forth, ofelectrically-controlled sycbronous ap-
|
||
|
||
- -- ~~~~~~~-·-----·•11.:..~11~ · (No Model.) P. LA COUR.
|
||
|
||
No. 302,502.
|
||
|
||
SYNCHRONOUS TELEGRAPHY.
|
||
|
||
•
|
||
|
||
Patented July 22, 1884.
|
||
|
||
•1•1~·~1•1•1•
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
WITNESSES
|
||
~a-~
|
||
ag_ f}.C/1-.Muman.
|
||
-1~11W~~11
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
~-~------~''
|
||
|
||
r/ ·" LINk VENT~ OR
|
||
|
||
..By his AttornevJ
|
||
|
||
J..J I L ~ .
|
||
|
||
~~~~~-,-~
|
||
|
||
II 'PillS.--· •-D.C.
|
||
|
||
- IWA~II~
|
||
|
||
- ·-- I~ II~'ZI 11---------111~~~~~~ UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE.
|
||
|
||
POUL LA COU'R, OF COPE.~GEN, D~lL.Um:, ASSIGNOR TO FRED P. JONES, . OF PORTSMOUTH, ~~W HAliPSHffiE.
|
||
SYNCHRONOUS TELEGRAPHY.
|
||
|
||
SPECIFIC.A.~IOK forming part of Letters Patent Ko. 302,502, dated .July 22, 1884.
|
||
.AppUcatioa lied FebruAry 13, 1884. (No modeL)
|
||
|
||
.To all whom it may concsm,:
|
||
|
||
. finger, G, is mounted, which, in its rotation,
|
||
|
||
Be it known that I, ·PoUL LA CoUll, a sub- sweeps over a concentri~ circle of independ-
|
||
|
||
ject of, the King of Denmark, and a resident ent insulated contact-pieces. There are sixty
|
||
|
||
of the city of Copenhagen, in the Kingdom of contacts represented on the circular table,
|
||
5 Denmark, have invented certain new and use- numbered from 1 to 10, for convenience ,of s.:
|
||
|
||
fnl ID1provements in SynchronousTelegraphy, description, in six independent series. The
|
||
|
||
of which the following is a specification.
|
||
|
||
main line is connected with the contact-finger
|
||
|
||
SIJ tat tntloM I 1 1 7 tl g L-- G, and at the other station, Y, is connected to
|
||
|
||
nons movement of two. sets of apparatus con- a like finger, which sweeps a like table of con-
|
||
|
||
Io nected by an electric circuit; and it consists tacts, and is actuated by the rotation of the 6o
|
||
|
||
in the arrangement or grouping of a series of toothed wheel or armature-disk, caused by the
|
||
|
||
independent contacts into different circuits for makes and breaks in the local circuit, which
|
||
|
||
multiplex transmission. _ i"'Jr~a
|
||
|
||
includes the motor-magnet E, as at station X.
|
||
|
||
In Letters Patent of the United tates No. The Dlakes and breaks in this local circuit are
|
||
|
||
15 203,423, granted to me :May 7, l 8, I have caused by the vibration of the fork A, which 6<
|
||
|
||
shown an instrument in which, by t e electro- is tuned to the same pitch, and consequently ...
|
||
|
||
magnetic vibration of a reed or fork, a motor- has the same rate of vibration as the fork at
|
||
|
||
circuit is intermittently m;J.de and broken. st.ation X. At station X six of the contacts- .
|
||
|
||
This motor-circuit contains au electro-mag- say the contacts numbered 6 in each series-
|
||
|
||
20 net, the pole or poles of which act upon teeth are connected together and, through a battery, 70
|
||
|
||
on the periphery of an armature ring or disk, JIB, with the ground. At station Y the corre-
|
||
|
||
the makes and breaks in the cfrcuit causing sponding sb: contacts are connected together,
|
||
|
||
a continuous and rapid rotation-of t~e disk. and by a line, 1, through the coils of a mag---:P.!e'l!t''t'f!f!ft••ire-t!P-+ttfti!JIN•~p!l!~flt!'!Tnet, I, and thence to gronnd. This magnet is
|
||
|
||
.25 sented somewhat diagrammatically, though it placed to act upon the tines of the fork, as is 75
|
||
|
||
fully illustrates the method of operation. For the one illustrated at station X. The poles
|
||
|
||
a detailed description of the instrument, how- of the magnets I and B·are provided with ad-
|
||
|
||
ever, reference is hereby made to my patent just.'lble or screw pole-pieces z, by the adjust-
|
||
|
||
above mentioned.
|
||
|
||
ment of which the vibration of the forks may
|
||
|
||
30 The accompanying drawing is a diagram- be controlled, so as to adjust them to unison So
|
||
|
||
matic view illustrating two electrically-con- in case of any disturbance or want of synch-
|
||
|
||
nected stations arranged according to my in- ronism, as is presently d'escribed.
|
||
|
||
vention.
|
||
|
||
I will now describe the grouping or connec-
|
||
|
||
At station X I have illustrated diagram- tion of the contacts in independent ci~cuits,
|
||
|
||
35 matically the apparatus shown in my patent. which constitutes the subject-nmt.ter claimed 85
|
||
|
||
_-\. fork, A, tqned to a given pitch, is vibrated in this application.
|
||
|
||
by the magnet B, included in a local circuit, The contacts 1 2 3 4 5 7 S 9 10 in each se-
|
||
|
||
(shown by dotted lines,) the circuit being auto- ries are connected together and to a corre-
|
||
|
||
matically made and broken between the tine spondingly-numbered binding-post, as clearly
|
||
|
||
40 cc of the fork and a light contact-finger, b, car- shown at both stations. The biuding-posts go ried on an adjustable lever, B'. The opposite numbered 1 aud 10 are connected together and
|
||
|
||
tine of the fork, c, as it vibrates, makes and with a line, L, in which a relay, R, switch S,
|
||
|
||
breaks contact _:with a light contact-finger, d, key T, and battery U are placed. By 111eans
|
||
|
||
on an -aujtistable lever, D. The tine. c and of the switch S the line may be either put di-
|
||
|
||
45 the contact d are included in a local circuit, rect to ground or connected with the key and 95
|
||
|
||
(shmvn by broken lines,) in which the motor- battery in t.he usual way. The l's apd 10's
|
||
|
||
magnet E is placed. 'fhis magnet acts upon at the other station are similarly connected
|
||
|
||
a toothed armature-disk, F, and c:rnses its con- with the line, which is equipped in the same
|
||
|
||
tiunous rotation. F:JSt upon the axis or ro- way. ·"}\.t each station the 3's and S's, the 2's
|
||
|
||
~0 tating shaft of the armature-disk a contact- and 9's, and the 4's am17'sare sho":n assirui~Ioo
|
||
|
||
II I~ ~'Zf 11--------IIJ~TAIII~
|
||
|
||
- -- 2
|
||
|
||
302.502
|
||
|
||
larly joined, and each pair is to be connected the oper-..Ltor at station Y will be able to tell
|
||
|
||
with aline equipped with instruments, as just whether his fork is vibrating more slowly or
|
||
|
||
described. It will be seen, therefore, that more rapidly than that at the other station by: iO
|
||
|
||
there are four independent setsof telegraphic the soundson the telegraph-instruments,which
|
||
5 instruments at each station. The 5-coutacts ! will give astroke whene\·erthe circuit-is com-
|
||
|
||
are sho,vn unconnected with any circuit.
|
||
|
||
1 pleted from a 6-contact at station X through
|
||
|
||
It will be obvious that the line L, connectetl I o~ of the contacts with which the instrument with the contacts 1 and 10, will be connected 1' is ·~connected at station Y'. The order in which i 3
|
||
|
||
with the trailing contact-finger or circuit- the instruments are caused to sound will iu-
|
||
|
||
ra completer, and through said .finger with the dicatewhether the fork at station j'is running
|
||
|
||
JDain line tweh·e times in each revolution of faster or slower than that at stat:lon X. The
|
||
|
||
the .finger; and if the finger rotates three operator therefore may adjust the screw pole·
|
||
|
||
'-
|
||
|
||
times a second (more or less) there ~·ill be pieces on the magnet I so that the ~ibrating. So
|
||
|
||
about thirty-six completions of contact per I impulses received from station X will act to
|
||
|
||
r3 second of the line L with the trailing-finger I' cause the fork to vibrate slower or fhster, ·as
|
||
|
||
and the main line. This occurs at both sta· may be desired. The apparatus at the t\'f'O
|
||
|
||
tions. Obviously, therefore, if the tmiling- stations, ha\·ing been once brought into synch·
|
||
|
||
fingers at both stations simultaneously rest ronism, will continue to rotate at the same 85
|
||
|
||
upon the corresponding 1 antl 10 contacts, speed, being go,·erned by the forks, which
|
||
|
||
20 there will be a completion of the circuit fron1 will continue to vibrate at the same mte.
|
||
|
||
the instruments in the line L at one station to I have sho'\\·n and described my own synch-
|
||
|
||
the corresponding instruments at the other ronous system contemplated in my patent
|
||
|
||
station. These completions of the tircuit are above mentioned. It is obvious, however, 90
|
||
|
||
independent of all the other contacts, and are that the arrangement of contacts for tele·
|
||
|
||
23 so rapid that the circuit is practically contin- g_raphic transmission or other purposes may
|
||
|
||
nons for Jiorse transmission, and .the opera- be used in connection with other synchronous
|
||
|
||
tors are not aware that the circuit is at any systems,·-and is not dependent upon the spe-
|
||
|
||
time broken or taken from them. The same cial ~ystem described, or upon any particular 95
|
||
is true ot instruments connected with the system•. For instance, the invention is well
|
||
|
||
30 other pairs of contacts-namely, the 3's and adapted to the synchronous systems of Pat-
|
||
|
||
S's, the 2's and 9's, and the 4:'s and 7's-so that rick B. Delany, pafented October 9, 1883, in
|
||
|
||
if the trailing-fingers at each station move twoofwhichpat_ents,Sos.286,273a.nd286,278~
|
||
|
||
synchronously there are four ind~pendent the circuits and contacts are shown as grouped xco
|
||
|
||
telegraphic circuits,which may be worked in in substantiallythe manner herein illustrated.
|
||
35 the ordinary way with as much freedom as if Yo claim is made herei~ to the manner of
|
||
|
||
each pair of operators had a separate line de- obtaining and maintaining the synchrOI;tous
|
||
|
||
voted to their own use.
|
||
|
||
movement of the two apparatus-that is, by
|
||
|
||
The synchronous rotation of the trailing- impulses of electricity sent from the 6~s at st~- ros
|
||
|
||
.fingers at the two stations is obtained in the tion X, which are all connected together and
|
||
|
||
40 following way: The forks, which are tuned to a battery, liB, to the vib1·ator ·magnet at
|
||
|
||
as nearly as possible to the same pitch, con· station I, which, by means of said periodic
|
||
|
||
sequently have the same or approximately transmitted· impulses from the 6- contacts,
|
||
|
||
the same rate of vibration· and when these . maintains a fork at Y in const~nt" vibration. r ro
|
||
|
||
forks are vibrated the two disks at the sta· Yor is any claim made to the manner of driv-
|
||
|
||
~5 tions will be rotated at substantially the same ing the toothed wheel; but what is desired to
|
||
|
||
speed. The forks at both stations having been be covered in .this applicatiQn is the manner
|
||
|
||
mechanically started into vibration and an im- of grouping or distributing the independent
|
||
|
||
pulse of rotation imparted to the toothed series of contacts in the circle among several I 15
|
||
|
||
disks, the circuit-completers at each station independent branch lines for the purpose of
|
||
|
||
50 will be caused to rotate. The vibrator-circuit .multiplex transmission.
|
||
|
||
-
|
||
|
||
omfa-tdheeafnodrkbarot ksteant,iownilXl c, abuesiengthaeutcoomntaitniucoaulsly...._.._.._.ltraM·~e~c~o~m~I~n~at·!l~o'!n~o·~t~a~m~a~·I~n~I~u~e,-a~se~r~i~es==--
|
||
|
||
vibration of the fork. The operators' instru- of independent contacts at each end of the r :!O
|
||
|
||
ments at both ends of the line are normally line, two or more separate circuits or branch·
|
||
|
||
55 put to ground, as- is nsual, and if the appa- lines at each end of the main line, each of
|
||
|
||
ratus at the two stations happen to start said 'branch lines being connected with two or
|
||
|
||
synchronously there will be no sound on the more of said contacts, means, substantially
|
||
|
||
iustrumentsateitherof the stations, and it will such as desc~ibed, for successively placing the 125
|
||
|
||
therefore be known that the contacL-fingers main line at both ends in connection with said
|
||
|
||
6c are rotating synchronously. If they continue contacts, and means for synchronously actu-
|
||
|
||
to rotate in synchronism, sb: impulses of elec- ating such circuit-completers.
|
||
|
||
tricity will be sent from the battery li B at 2. The combination of a main line, a series
|
||
|
||
station X through the contacts numbered 6 at of independent contacts at each end of the r30
|
||
|
||
each station to the magnet I, and maintain the line, two or more separate circuits or branch 65 continued vibration of the fork at station Y. lines at each end of the main lin~, in each of
|
||
|
||
-ll~llr:r~~~ -1-------~~lllr~~ll'i-.l .If the apparatus does not start synchronously, which two or more of the cootac~ placed at or h~ving so started runs out of synchronism, regular inter'f'als in the series are connected
|
||
|
||
- - 1~11~~11--------111~~11~
|
||
-
|
||
|
||
l~02,502
|
||
|
||
3
|
||
|
||
independently of the other contacts, means, in each of which two or more of the eontacts
|
||
|
||
substantially such as described, for succes- in the series are connected independently of
|
||
|
||
sively placing the main line at both ends in the remaining contacts.
|
||
|
||
25
|
||
|
||
5
|
||
|
||
connection with said contacts, and means for synchronously actuating such circuit· com-
|
||
|
||
I1ser5i.esTohfe
|
||
|
||
combination independent
|
||
|
||
of a single contacts at
|
||
|
||
main each
|
||
|
||
line, a end of
|
||
|
||
pleters.
|
||
|
||
'- ·
|
||
|
||
! the line, means for snccessi\ely placing the
|
||
|
||
3. The combination of the main line, the j' line in connection with each of said contacts,
|
||
|
||
clrcnlar series of independent contacts placed means for synchronously actuating such cir- 30
|
||
|
||
at each end of the main line, the trailing cir- 'I cuit-completing devices, t"\\·o or more branch
|
||
|
||
10 cuit completers or fingers permanently con- , lines, in each of which one or more of ~'l.hl
|
||
|
||
nected with the Jine, which traverse said con- I' contacts are connected independently of the
|
||
|
||
tacts, means for synchronously actuating such other contacts, and instruments in the branch fingers, and tw\l or more branch lines at each !lines for either transmitting or receiving at 35 ~
|
||
|
||
15
|
||
|
||
end of the main line, in each of which two or ntore of the contacts placed at intervals in the
|
||
|
||
I !
|
||
|
||
ei
|
||
|
||
the In
|
||
|
||
r station. testimony
|
||
|
||
whereof
|
||
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
have
|
||
|
||
hereunto sub-
|
||
|
||
circular series are conn~cted independently of i scribed my name this 19th clay of December,
|
||
|
||
I the other contacts.
|
||
|
||
; A. D. 1883.
|
||
|
||
o f
|
||
|
||
4. The combination contacts at one end
|
||
|
||
of o f
|
||
|
||
"'a"h.emIa"Iinne,limnee,aanss,esrnibes-
|
||
|
||
Por L LA c.ot·R•
|
||
|
||
I 20 stantially such as described, for successively \Vit.nesses:_
|
||
|
||
placing the line in connection with each of
|
||
|
||
Lt:DVIG ScHRYDER.
|
||
|
||
snit.l contacts, and t~·o or more branch lines, i
|
||
|
||
PoeL PEDERSES.
|
||
|
||
- - I~~~~~ 11--------lll~TAJII~
|
||
|
||
(No Kodel.)
|
||
|
||
2 Sheets-Sheet 1.
|
||
|
||
P. B. DELANY.
|
||
|
||
TELEGRAPHIC TRANSMITTING APPARATUS.
|
||
|
||
No. 316,125.
|
||
|
||
Patented Apr. 21. 1886&
|
||
|
||
-
|
||
|
||
r .
|
||
•
|
||
|
||
WITNESSES
|
||
~a.~
|
||
~·&.~
|
||
|
||
INVENTOR
|
||
.Pa.t:1"iclt .B...Delany.
|
||
By }til~·.~~:
|
||
|
||
- - ·---·--•c
|
||
ll~llr;r~~l-1------illr~~ll,.l
|
||
|
||
- - ~~~~~~11---------II~TA:fll~
|
||
|
||
(No Kodel.)
|
||
|
||
2 Sheets-Sheet 2.
|
||
|
||
P. B. DELANY.
|
||
|
||
TELEGRAPHIC TRANSMITTING APEAR!.TUS.
|
||
|
||
No. 316,125.
|
||
|
||
Patented Apr. 21, 1885.
|
||
|
||
•
|
||
|
||
'·I
|
||
|
||
IHY.A'.NTOB
|
||
.Patrick B.LJelany.
|
||
Byhi4~,~~
|
||
- - ·----·c.
|
||
~~~-~r;r~~~-~------•lrr~~~~,.l
|
||
|
||
I ~IIIA'Zf 11---------111~~~~~
|
||
- -- UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE.
|
||
|
||
PATRICK B. DELilY, OF XEW YORK, Y. Y., ASSIGSOR TO THEST.!.~DARD liULTIPLEX TELEGRAPH CO~IP.!.NY, OF SA)IE PLACE.
|
||
TELEGRAPHIC TRANSMITTING APPARATUS.
|
||
|
||
C!?IlCIFICA.'l'ION :onmng part of Letters Patent N ... 316,125. ~ted ~pril 21,1885.
|
||
|
||
. .lpplicntiou Bled February~. 18S4. {No model.)
|
||
|
||
T_o all wlt011., it m.ay concern:
|
||
|
||
Itransmitting with reverse currents is well
|
||
|
||
I Be it known that I, P .!.TBICK B. DEL~SY, adapted. I have therefore indicated in the
|
||
of the city, county, and State of Sew York, drawings diagrarurnatically in each. figure a have invented rertain new and useful Iw- table of c.ontacts, A., a rotating armature-disk, 53
|
||
|
||
I 5 provements in Telegraphic Transmitting .Ap- B, and a trailing contact-finger, a, which paratus, of which tl1e following is a specifica- traverses a series of contacts on the table, and
|
||
|
||
tion.
|
||
|
||
, I ref£r to said patent for a full e:1:position of
|
||
|
||
• · D!!IJ Jilt ElitlOU !elates tv that class Ol dlfi§. I this subject. The in\"ention. however, is not
|
||
|
||
mitters in which an armature-lever aetuated ~ limited to that particular system, but is ap- fc
|
||
|
||
ao by an electro-magnet, in the circuit of which j plica.ble to the transmission of messages in
|
||
|
||
a key is placed, is used to throw the battery , any of the well-known telegraphic systems.
|
||
|
||
upon the line. In arraugements of this char- ! It is therefore deemed unnecessary to particu-
|
||
|
||
acter heretofore the armature has been pro- llarly describe any system, as the operation of
|
||
|
||
vided with an adjusting-spring, and usually, j my invention will be perfectly plain to those 65
|
||
|
||
r5 instead of transmitting from the ordinary , skilled in the aat. ri_gid contacts against which the vibrating i--=~n;..;e;,l;;e..;;Jt.;;i;,.fi;;;!i;.;,~tl~tS~t~,.t.""O_Fl..,...b""F...f"',...m.l."t!~(f"",l"'ft~Y"Ifl"lf1"tiiiPlh"k~-~-
|
||
|
||
tr"J.nsmitting·armature works, it is customary l battery :liB is shown as arr-anged for reverse
|
||
|
||
to supplement theelectrodes contact by yielding contacts,
|
||
|
||
or rigid points of which will close
|
||
|
||
I :
|
||
|
||
transmission. It is grounded in the middle, and its opposite poles are connected to oppo-
|
||
|
||
70
|
||
|
||
·
|
||
|
||
20 the circuit more securely and remedy t.be de· 1 site contact-stop::;, c d, between which a freely-
|
||
|
||
tects in the contact eaused by the rebound of · vibrating armatm·e, e, vibr.1tes. This arma-
|
||
|
||
the lever from a rigid limiting-point or con- ture is connected tha·ough the liuef, contacts,_
|
||
|
||
tact-stop under the influence of its spring. and trailing-ting~r of my synchronous system
|
||
|
||
These yielding contacts are liable to \"ibmte with the main line. The transmitting-key Kis ; 5
|
||
|
||
25 under a sudden blo\v or withdrawal of the ar· connected with one pole of ;1 local battery~ LB.
|
||
|
||
mature. !lb ah;jtd of
|
||
|
||
as
|
||
|
||
is
|
||
|
||
eaii1u
|
||
|
||
io ts i
|
||
|
||
s n
|
||
|
||
Its frontstopisconnectedina branchcircuit,g, which runs from the stop through the coil of an·
|
||
|
||
absolutely perfect contact by causing the ar- I independent magnet, 0, to the opposite pole of
|
||
|
||
mature-lever to be held t.igbtly and firmly I the battery. Its back stop is connected in an- So
|
||
|
||
30 against its stop by the full power of the at· j other branch circuit which runs from the stop
|
||
|
||
tracting-magnet, and I dispense with there- · through the coil of an independent magnet,
|
||
|
||
tractile spring, which tends to lessen t.he firm- I ::\I, to the opposite pole of the battery. The
|
||
|
||
ness of its contact.
|
||
|
||
j freely·\·ibrating armature e is arranged be-
|
||
|
||
i Under my invention, also, the le\·er mo,·es 1 tween these opposed magnets, and is acted up- 85
|
||
35 "·itb the greatest rapidity and precision from ou by them. \\rhen the key is upon its front
|
||
|
||
one stop to the other in response to the move· 1 stop, the magnet 0 firmly anu promptly draws
|
||
|
||
ment of the operator's key, and a substan-j the free armature against the contact d, hold-
|
||
|
||
tially equal pressure on both its contact-stops ing it there with a uniform unvarying press-
|
||
|
||
is
|
||
|
||
obtained
|
||
|
||
regardless
|
||
|
||
of variations
|
||
|
||
in
|
||
|
||
the
|
||
|
||
1 1
|
||
|
||
ure
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
|
||
putting
|
||
|
||
one
|
||
|
||
pole
|
||
|
||
of
|
||
|
||
the
|
||
|
||
main
|
||
|
||
battery
|
||
|
||
90
|
||
|
||
40 strength of the local battery in which the key l )lB to line. 'Vhen the key is thrown on its
|
||
|
||
is placed.
|
||
|
||
r back stop, the magnet 0 is demagnetized, and
|
||
|
||
The details of my invention are fully set . the magnet )I is energized and promptly draws
|
||
|
||
forth below.
|
||
llgat e t lS il dlagr.mz
|
||
|
||
dew
|
||
|
||
1 the armature against its contact c, thus putiltastrati!!~ euej ting the other .pole of the battery to line. As
|
||
|
||
95
|
||
|
||
45 form of my invention, and Fig. 2 a similar · the armature is a freely-vibrating one without
|
||
|
||
view illustrating another form of the im·en- bias and without a retractile spring, it remains
|
||
|
||
tion.
|
||
|
||
·
|
||
|
||
in either of the positions into which it is drawn,
|
||
|
||
In Letters Patent of the United States So. and is held with unvarying pressure upon its
|
||
|
||
I so
|
||
|
||
286,278, granted October9, 1883, I have shown a synchronous system of telegraphy to which
|
||
|
||
contacts. This method of transmission gives IOO the most perfect results, and prev·ents any
|
||
|
||
the particular arrangement illustrated for weakness or uncertainty of contact between
|
||
|
||
- - 11~·~~~~1-l------1117'~~11,.1
|
||
|
||
- ·- I~IIIN'Zf11---------11~~~~~ 316,125
|
||
|
||
the transmitting- electrotles. This arrange- ically by said circuits, a main line, and a trnns-
|
||
|
||
ment is obviously adaptable for transmission mitting-battery which is thrown upon the lin.e
|
||
|
||
from one pole of the battery only.
|
||
|
||
by the "ribrations of said armature.
|
||
|
||
5
|
||
|
||
~taInntiFaligly.
|
||
|
||
2 I have shown an arrangement subidentical in its principal features.!
|
||
|
||
2. The local transmitting arrangement consistiog of the combination, substantially asset
|
||
|
||
4:
|
||
|
||
l.inderthisarrangement,insteadofthemagnets . forth, of a transmitting-key, a local circuit in
|
||
|
||
M 0, I employ a polarized relay, which is which the key is included, which circuit is
|
||
|
||
worked by a split local battery, LB. The main closed when the key is on its froatstop, a sepa-
|
||
|
||
battery liBissentto line in the same way. In rate or branch circuit which is closed when ,:o
|
||
|
||
I ro
|
||
|
||
this instance to become a
|
||
|
||
the armature e may al~o be said freely-,·ibrating one, because it
|
||
|
||
1
|
||
I
|
||
|
||
the and
|
||
|
||
key is on its ceres in said
|
||
|
||
back local
|
||
|
||
stop, magnetic helices circuits, a non-resilient
|
||
|
||
moves from one contact to the other under armature controlled bv suid helices and cores,
|
||
|
||
I the combined influence of magnetic attraction a main line, and a transmitting·battery which
|
||
and repulsion, as is 'veil understood. 'Vith is thrown upon the line by the vibrations of !5
|
||
|
||
IS this arrangement also the contacts are firm. the armntare, 'vhich occur in response to the
|
||
|
||
and most satisfactory transmission results. I 1 manipulation of the transmitting-key.
|
||
|
||
prefer the arrangement, howe~er, which is • 3. The combination, sub3tantially as set
|
||
|
||
illustrated in Fig. 1, for the reason that each forth.ofthetransmitting-key,twoindepentlent
|
||
|
||
magnet is independent. So re\·ersals occur in 1 electro- magnets which are 3.Jternately ene•·· 6(,
|
||
|
||
2q the coil of either magnet, and one magnet is 1 gized by the manipulations of the key,the local
|
||
|
||
resting "·bile the other is at "·ork. ~.,or tbi~ circuits of said magnets, a freely-vibrating
|
||
|
||
reason I consider that it possesses substantial 1 armatm·e acted npou by said magnets, the
|
||
|
||
advantages over the arrangement shown in maio line. and the transmitt.ing·batterywhich
|
||
|
||
Fig. 2, although, as before remarked, in the is thrown npon the line by the vibrations of 65
|
||
|
||
25 main principles of organization and operation the arruature.
|
||
|
||
·
|
||
|
||
I they are identical.
|
||
|
||
4. The combination, snbstantially as set
|
||
|
||
In an application filed by n1e October ~~' forth, of the transmitting· key, the independ-
|
||
|
||
1883, So. 109,716, I have shown an arrange- eot magnets )I 0. their local circuits, the free-
|
||
|
||
ment in which a freely-\·ibrating armature is lly-,·ibrating armature acted npon by said ;o
|
||
|
||
30 vibrated by independent alternately energized magnets. the split maio battery liB, the poles
|
||
|
||
magnets, and I theretore make no such rlaim of which are electrically connected with the
|
||
|
||
in this application.
|
||
|
||
opposite contact·stops~ c d, against which the
|
||
|
||
I claim as my in,·eution-
|
||
|
||
vibrating· armature works, and the main line ·
|
||
|
||
!. !B~!!ft ti !!SHiithDg ttl i atJgemEut t'fJil- ·connected with said armature.
|
||
|
||
i 3
|
||
|
||
35 sistiog of the combination, substantially as set In testimony whereof ! have hereunto sub-
|
||
|
||
forth, of a transmitting-key, a local circuit in scribed my name this 20th day of February,
|
||
|
||
I w_hich the key is included, which circuit is .3.. D. 1884.
|
||
|
||
closed when the key is on its front stop, asepa·
|
||
|
||
- P .=\.TRICK B. DEL..\~~.
|
||
|
||
rate or branch circuit which is closed when "\Vitnesses:
|
||
|
||
40 the key is on its back stop, a freely-vibrat.iog
|
||
|
||
EDW'D• .!.. C.!.L.1H.is,
|
||
|
||
armature which is aeted upon electro·magnet·
|
||
|
||
H. D. li.1sso~.
|
||
|
||
~~.~4.~~~--~~.:-,. a\~~~3~:.~:~~~e~ll
|
||
|
||
--~.;:3_: 1k!--'
|
||
|
||
'-~ . .--~-~r:"_2& e,: ;.' ·~~ ~~~ ·~.~~.~~iii!-.=.. A ~-~....-...
|
||
-A Very distinct sounrls proceed from straug t paeces aron,
|
||
|
||
steel, retort-carbon, aud plumb&go. I believe that 1 have also obtained
|
||
|
||
audihle effects from tbin platinum and German-silver wires, and from
|
||
|
||
mercury contained in a narrow groove about four feet loog. ln these
|
||
|
||
cues, however, the sounds were so f&Uut and outside noises so loud that
|
||
|
||
the experimeuts require verification. 'Yell-marked sounds proceed 'Jnrt~~~~~i~~~~~
|
||
|
||
e
|
||
|
||
from conductors of all kinds wheu !ormed into spirals or helit:es. I~
|
||
find th~t De Ia Rive bad noticed the production of sound from iron -..-.........
|
||
|
||
and steel during the pas:o:age of an iut~rmittent current, although he
|
||
|
||
failed to obtain audible results from otber I'Uhstances. In ord~r that
|
||
|
||
sruhcehoteofmfeectsi~slhfo.uilsd ab ~eroebatsesrovuerdc,eeox tfr eamnne~yqauni?eet'n.easss
|
||
|
||
is necessary. The it. always produces
|
||
|
||
VRILLIC CORRESPONDERS: ,
|
||
|
||
• ~
|
||
|
||
a sound of 81mdar patch to the one wluch 1t 1s des1red to ht-ar. It~ A PERSISTENT HI
|
||
|
||
·
|
||
|
||
is absolutely requisite that it should be placed out of" eanhot of the
|
||
|
||
..
|
||
|
||
STORICAL MOVE
|
||
|
||
~._
|
||
|
||
....,.___observer, and at such a distance as to exclucle the possibility of sounds IOWA..q,D THE VISCERAL RESPONDER~
|
||
|
||
being mechanically conducted alo11g the wire. S. Very striking audible effects can be produced upon a short circuit by
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
· -·
|
||
|
||
• ·~~
|
||
|
||
means of two Grove elements. I haul a helix of insulated copper-wire (No. 23) constructed, ha,·ing a resistance of about twelve ohms. It--~~ ~3!11·~::..waa placed in circuit with a rheotome which interrupted the cuJTent .-.~;r~...~-.._...-
|
||
|
||
.one hundred times per second. Upon placing the helix to my e:1r I
|
||
|
||
~~~~ti~~
|
||
|
||
' . -t,i----------------------------------------------------..,. .- • FtrguMJn. Proceedinp of' Royal Scottish Soc. of' Artl, April 9, 1866;
|
||
|
||
--··.. ..... ·~Paper oa ..A New Current. Interrupter."
|
||
|
||
"',~
|
||
|
||
. ~
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
could hear the unison of the note produced by the rheotome. The l-t·'i.i-r/·8~
|
||
|
||
intensity of the sound was mucb increased by placing a wrought-iron~
|
||
|
||
f //ti ~P.'o=~~::· nail inside the helix. In bot.h these cases, a crackling effect accompa- '' ~ .: nied the sound. When the nail wns held in the fingers so that no portion of it touched the helix, the cn&ckling effect disappeared, and a : .'~
|
||
|
||
. Po~•
|
||
|
||
puWre hmeunsi~chael
|
||
|
||
note resulted. nail was placed
|
||
|
||
inside
|
||
|
||
the
|
||
|
||
helix,
|
||
|
||
between
|
||
|
||
two
|
||
|
||
cylinclrical
|
||
|
||
~ ~~
|
||
|
||
:· ~· • .. . pieces of &ron, a loud sound resulted that could be heard all over a large r~".Z~
|
||
|
||
_..._.......,._,...
|
||
|
||
room. The nail seemed to vibrate of•meetdal alternately, and the iron
|
||
|
||
bcoydliinlyd,esrtsrikthienmg stehlevecsylwinedrreicvail oplieecnetsl.:y..~_:-£~..~.·.~.;
|
||
|
||
~··;o....-~
|
||
|
||
~w.
|
||
4. Loud
|
||
|
||
sounds
|
||
|
||
are
|
||
|
||
emitted
|
||
|
||
by
|
||
|
||
pieces
|
||
|
||
of
|
||
|
||
iron
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
|
||
steel
|
||
|
||
when
|
||
|
||
sub-·-~:-"' ;~~;
|
||
|
||
jected to the attraction of an electro-magnet which is placed in cir- (f,l~
|
||
|
||
cuit with a rheotome. Under. such circumst.'\nces, the armatures oC (~
|
||
|
||
Morse-sounders and Relays produce sonorous effects. I havo f ~
|
||
|
||
aucceed~d in
|
||
interposing a
|
||
|
||
rendering the souuds audible tense membrane between the
|
||
|
||
to large audiences electro-magnet and
|
||
|
||
b7
|
||
its
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
·~
|
||
|
||
armature. The armature in this case consisted of a piece oC clock-~J
|
||
"'l spring glued to the membrane. This form of apparatus I have found~
|
||
|
||
invalua~le in all my experiments. The instrument was connected. ~ :.~
|
||
..,......,lid!!... with a· parlor organ, the reeds of which were so arranged as to open ~ and close the circuit duriug their vibration. \Vhen the organ was~·.,-~
|
||
|
||
played the music was loudly reproduced by the telephonic receiver
|
||
|
||
•
|
||
|
||
•• I>
|
||
|
||
____.'Fa,...... in a distant room. When chords were played upon the organ. the
|
||
|
||
various notes composing ~he chords were emitted simultaneously by ~ .
|
||
|
||
the armature of t.he receaver.
|
||
. .,.,IP\,;,..........
|
||
|
||
~.~)i ·"r~ ;.; j
|
||
~!~
|
||
|
||
~~~~~~~·~ .~-.....IIIIJIIJ!! ~ ~·~ --~5-. ~Th-e·sim-ul-ta~ne~ou-s -pr-od-uc-tion-o~f ~muLsi.ca.l n.otes
|
||
|
||
/,
|
||
of difFerent
|
||
|
||
~-
|
||
pitch
|
||
|
||
.t:"
|
||
|
||
by the electric current, was foreseen by me as early as 1870, and
|
||
|
||
• demonstrated during the year 1873. Elisha Gray,• of Chi~cro, and
|
||
|
||
~ur..• Paul La Cour,t of Copenhagen, lay claim to the same discoverr.
|
||
|
||
part. The fact that
|
||
upon any
|
||
|
||
aounda of different pitch of a -~legraphic circuit
|
||
|
||
can
|
||
|
||
be
|
||
|
||
simultaneously
|
||
|
||
p
|
||
|
||
r
|
||
|
||
o
|
||
|
||
d
|
||
|
||
u
|
||
|
||
c
|
||
|
||
e
|
||
|
||
d
|
||
|
||
-
|
||
|
||
.......
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
,.,.._ -
|
||
|
||
...,~••
|
||
|
||
is of great practical importance;
|
||
|
||
a for the duration of musical Dote can be made to signify the dot or
|
||
|
||
dash c>f the Morae· alphabet, md thus a number of telegraphic mea-
|
||
|
||
sages may be aent.aimultaneoual1 over the same wire without confuaion~IIRN
|
||
|
||
by making signals of a definite pitoh for each message.
|
||
|
||
6. If the armature of an electro-magnet has a defurite rate of oacil··
|
||
|
||
lation of its own, it ia thrown bodily into vibration when the interrup-
|
||
|
||
currents induced in the secondary wires. A rheotome was placed in ~~A!(.
|
||
|
||
circuit with the thick wires of a Ruhmkurff'a coil, and the fine wire• .-~..~"'
|
||
. . were connected with two strips of brass (A and B), insulated frnm one--·-~
|
||
~~-~~==~~..:. ~~another by n1eans of a sheet or paper. Upon placing the ear ag;ainst
|
||
|
||
one of the strips of bl'a!'s, a sound was percein~cl like that described
|
||
above as proceeding from an empty helix of wire during the p~aage ot
|
||
|
||
intermittent voltaic current. A similar souncl, ouly much more
|
||
|
||
ws;..~!!li:atA~nse, was emitted by a tin-foil condenser when connected with the
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
|
||
w1. res of the coa"I• Ono of 1he alripa oC
|
||
|
||
brasa, A
|
||
|
||
(menlioued
|
||
|
||
above),
|
||
|
||
was
|
||
|
||
held
|
||
|
||
c1oae11
|
||
|
||
:-~
|
||
•..·
|
||
|
||
-· #-• ~ ~-;,·:J\,
|
||
|
||
~IIII...,.:,-:..1.1.!:!P'!·':_•.:.~:~··~~1~;t,onuacnhaEt~
|
||
|
||
tbe ear.
|
||
with the
|
||
|
||
A loud sound t"&me from A whenever
|
||
other hancl. It is doubtful in all. t.hese
|
||
|
||
tbe slip B was
|
||
cases whether
|
||
|
||
~~..-{f--.:~.:'-1.:~ ;1~ . ~
|
||
|
||
the sounds proceeded from the metals or from the Imperfect concluctora ~ ··
|
||
..-.-..~P'·":.....~•~O!:!"~-terposed between them. I•~urther experiments seem to favor the 7.
|
||
latter supposition. The strips of brass A and B were held one in each
|
||
|
||
- · · ~··• .:''1"-
|
||
~
|
||
» ·...
|
||
|
||
hand. l'he induced currents occasioned a muscuJur tremor in the
|
||
|
||
.,.........-n.....
|
||
&ngers.
|
||
|
||
Upon placing my for~finger to my ear a loud crnclding noise---~._-.,~
|
||
|
||
: :: ·~
|
||
|
||
~--~~~~~was audible, seemingly proceediug from the fiuger it.c;elf. A friend
|
||
|
||
::ill.-c~.,_~~
|
||
|
||
.~~~~~IJ.iiii:li who was pre.~nt pla«·ed my finger to his e.ar, hut heard nothing. I
|
||
|
||
ref)Uested him to hold the sta·ips A aud n himself. He was then dis---~,;:_....'- ~.~Jl~dP'.:
|
||
|
||
tinct.ly conscious of a noise (which I was unahle to per~ive) proceed· ~~·.;..e~~~i6."'ii~
|
||
|
||
ing rrom his finger. In these cas~s a portion of the induced currents ~~~~~~
|
||
|
||
._'l' ...-!::L.... passe•l through the head of the oh~er\"t'r when he plac~ his ear agRinsl "y\~.-JL:"
|
||
|
||
·~~~~~J....._,..- _ _.._= his own finger; and it is possible that. the sountl was occasioned by a '
|
||
|
||
Tibration ot" the surfaces of the eatr and finger in contact.
|
||
|
||
,,.hen two persons re<"eive a shock from a Uuhmkorff's coil by clasping •
|
||
|
||
hands, each YJ~· ......
|
||
|
||
.... . - . . . -
|
||
|
||
taking
|
||
|
||
hold of one wire of the coil witb
|
||
|
||
the
|
||
|
||
free
|
||
|
||
hancl, a
|
||
|
||
~--~,.. sound proceeds from the cJasped hands. The effect i~ not produced when ,._..._,t:iiil~~t~a•&.
|
||
|
||
the hands are moist. 'Vhen either of the two touches the bocly of the __...__-:~_~_ ._..,L..,~~~
|
||
|
||
other a loud sound comes from the parts in contact. When the arm .-..!L"'.III~,...-=-..;;;.
|
||
|
||
of one is placed against the arm of the other, the noise produce«! can be ~..c.;.;Jro--~_r.:ar.
|
||
|
||
hcar.l at a distance of several feet. In all these cases a slight shock~~~.,...~!:""...~~
|
||
|
||
ia experienced so long as the contact is preser,·ed. The introduction
|
||
|
||
or a piece of paper between the part:~ in contact does not materially
|
||
|
||
interfere with the production of the sounds, while the unpl~asant
|
||
|
||
eifects or the shock are avoided.
|
||
|
||
"·hen a powerful current is Jla&sed through the body, a musical note
|
||
|
||
can be perceived when the ear is closely applied to the arm of the
|
||
|
||
persol) experimented upon. The sound seems to proceed from the
|
||
|
||
muscles of the fore-arm and from the biceps muscle. The musical
|
||
C!~i3~C~ note i:J the uuisou of the rheotome employed to interrupt the primary
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
in this w~ when the pitch
|
||
|
||
of the rheotome was high. J.:Iisha Gray • has also produced audible
|
||
|
||
eif~ts by the passage of induced electricity through the human body.
|
||
|
||
: A musical note is occasioned by the spark of a Ruhmkorlf'a coil when
|
||
|
||
the primary circuit is made and broken sufficiently rapidly. When
|
||
|
||
two rheotomes of diiferent pitch are caused simultaneously to open and
|
||
|
||
L .....__... close the primary circuit, .a double tone proceeds from the spark. 9. When a voltaic battery is common to two closed circuits, the~
|
||
|
||
current is dh·ided between them. lf one of the circuits is rapidly_ .
|
||
O(Jened and closed, a pulsatory action ol the current is occaaioned upon !t-~~~?.:=W
|
||
|
||
the other.
|
||
|
||
All the audible eiFects resulting from the paaaage of an intermittent
|
||
|
||
current can also be produced, though in less degree, by means of a A.-:~11111,....1 pulsatory current.
|
||
|
||
~.~:-:::..:......-
|
||
|
||
10. 'Vhen a Jlermanent magnet is cau~ed to vibrate in f•·ont of the .... _.,.,...._... _
|
||
|
||
pole of an ele(~tro-m~"Tiet, an undulatory or oscillatory current of ~-----
|
||
|
||
~~~~-- electricity is induced in the coils of the electro-magnet, and sounds
|
||
|
||
proceed from the armatures of otber electro-magnets placed upon the
|
||
|
||
circuit. The telt!phonic receiver referred to above (par. 4), waa con- -r.,........,, nected in cirt·uit witla a siugle-pole elt-ct•·o-magnet, no battery being ~~·_:..e,il!l;'tl~~~~
|
||
used. A steel tuning-fork which had been previously magn~tized was :1~~-~~~~
|
||
|
||
caused to vibr.1te in front of the pole of the electro-magnet. A. ~~:~
|
||
|
||
~s:::.4~ musical note similar in· pitch to that produced by the tuning-fork
|
||
|
||
proceeded from the telephonic receiver iu a distant room.
|
||
|
||
I the
|
||
|
||
I. 'l"he circuit.
|
||
|
||
eff~ct was much increased when a battery was included in In this case, the vibration of the permanent magnet threw
|
||
|
||
~~~~~~j~~;.c·N~
|
||
|
||
._.,..., •.,. t.he battery-current into waves. A similar etfect was produced by the
|
||
|
||
vibration of an unmugnetizl-d tuning-fork in front of the electro-magnet.
|
||
|
||
The vibration of a soft iron armature, or of a small piece of steel spring
|
||
|
||
no larger than the pole of the electro-rnugnet in front of which it was
|
||
|
||
placed, sufficed to produce audible effects in the distant room.
|
||
|
||
12. Two single-pole electro-magnets, each having a resistance of
|
||
|
||
ten ohms, were arranged upon a circuit with a battery of five carbon
|
||
|
||
elements. The totnl resistance of the cireuit, exclusive of abe battery,
|
||
|
||
was about twenty-five ohms. A drum-head of gold-beater's skin,
|
||
. ,~·r·. aeven centimetres in diameter, was placed in front of each electro- magnet, and a circular piece of clock-spring, one centimetre in
|
||
diameter, was glued to the middle of each membrane. The telephones
|
||
"'i~~!'•.~1~1:~--~~ 10 constn1cted were placed in different rooms. One was retained in
|
||
|
||
experimental room, and the other taken to the basement of an
|
||
adjoining house. Upon singing into the telephone, the tones of the voice were re- . ....-~-=·~~:;~-~
|
||
produced by the instrument in the distant room. When two persona
|
||
sang simultaneously into the instrument, two notes were emitted simultaneously by the telephone in the other house. A friend was sent into the adjoining building to note the effect produced by articulate ~~• ..4~·~~ speech. I placed the membrane of the telephone near my mouth, and ..., ............... uttered the sentence, "Do you understand what I say?" Presently -~~-~,~~,.... ~~~~...""~-•:"- an answer was returned through the instrument in my hand. Articu-
|
||
late words proceeded from the clock-spring attached to the membrane, ~~~~==~ and I heard the sentence : "Yea ; I understand you perfectly."
|
||
The articulation was somewhat mufBed and indistinct, although in · this case it was intelligible. Familiar quotations, such as, "To be, or not to be; that is the question." "A horse, a horse, my kingdom for ilil~~ll!!l~! a horse." "\Vhat hath God wrought," &c., were generally understood =41t~~~-~~~~;!~ after a few repetitions. The effects were not suffici~otly distinct to S~~~~IJ.i·~ admit of sustained conversation through the wire•.Indeed, as a gen- ~
|
||
4 eral rule, the articulation was unintelligible, excepting when familiar _'_'___....._,_·~~ J~..W!".
|
||
sentences were employed. Occasionally, however, a sentence would
|
||
come out with such staa·tling distinctness as to render it difficult to
|
||
believe that the speaker was not close at hand. No sound was audible -~111::~~,~~
|
||
~~~~~J'""""-,,.;;;;...._...,..~.;,hen the clock-spring was removed from the membrane.
|
||
The elementary sounds of the English language were uttered suc......,__oo:::cessively into one of the telephones and the effects noted at the other.'
|
||
Consonantal sounds, with the exception of L and }I, were unrecog~~~.._.. nizable. Vowel-sounds in most cases were distinct. Diphthongal ~Mi:~~.~~~~~~·ltr. 19'.~l:IIIIJ"~Ii' vowels, such as a (in ale), o (in old), i (in isle), ow (in now), oy (in .
|
||
boy}, oor (in poor), oor (in door), ere (in here), ere (in there), were ~....._.....,___~-~-
|
||
well marked. Tripht.hongal vowels, such as ire (in fire), our (in tlour), oUJer
|
||
(in mower), ayer (in player), were also distinct. Of the elementary ~._..
|
||
vowel-sounds, the most distinct were those which had the largest oral
|
||
apertures. Such were a (in fur), a1D (in law), a (in mao), and e (in
|
||
men). -..~._._ 13. Electrical undulations can be- produced directly in the voltaic
|
||
current by vibrating the conducting wire in a liquid of high resistance included in the circuit.
|
||
The stem of a tuning-fork was connected with a wire leading to one C'!E::t~~~ of the telephones described in the preceding paragraph. While the ___, ~~;;._::~~:~~:;;tuning-fork was in vibration, the end of one of the prongs w~ dipped
|
||
|
||
A sound proceeded from the distant -~~ telephone. Wheu two tuning-forks of di.rerent pitch were connected
|
||
|
||
together, and simultaneously caused to vibrate in the water, two musical notes (the unison& respectively of those produced by the forks) were~~=~~~:.~~
|
||
|
||
emitted simultaneously by the telephone.
|
||
|
||
A platinum wire attached to a stretched membrane, completed a
|
||
|
||
voltaic circuit by dipping into water. Upon speaking to the membrane,
|
||
|
||
articulate sounds proceeded from the telephone in the distant room. The sounds produced by the telephone became louder when dilute aul- ._~.....:
|
||
|
||
phuric acid, or a saturated solution of salt, was substituted for the
|
||
|
||
water. Audible effects were also produced by the vibration of plumbago
|
||
|
||
in mercury, in a solution of bichromate of potash, in salt and water, in
|
||
|
||
dilute sulphuric acid, and in pure water.
|
||
|
||
14. Sullivan • discovered that a current of electricity ia generated
|
||
|
||
by the vibration of a wire composed partly of one metal and partly of
|
||
|
||
another ; and it is probable that electrical undulations were caused by
|
||
|
||
the vibration. The current was produced ao long as the wire emitted
|
||
|
||
a musical note, but stopp<.aci immediately upon the ce88ation of the...,_-:;;.......,:..::
|
||
|
||
f~....
|
||
|
||
sound. 15. Although
|
||
|
||
sounds
|
||
|
||
proceed
|
||
|
||
from
|
||
|
||
the
|
||
|
||
armatures
|
||
|
||
of
|
||
|
||
electro-m~oneta
|
||
|
||
--:;;;;.......~~:--
|
||
|
||
~· -4 under the influence of undulatory currents of electricity, I have been UD•
|
||
... -~· ~j able to detect any audible effects due to the electro-magnets themselves.
|
||
....~----~..,..oL An undulatory current was passed through the coils of an electro- ·•..::·J_,...
|
||
J.;u!lfJ..~~~~~;;~.....: magnet which was held closely against the ear. No sound was per:~~~ ceived until a piece of iron or steel was presented to the pole of the
|
||
~ ,, magnet. No sounds either were observed when the undulatory cur· _L ____
|
||
t ~:': rent waa passed through iron, steel, retort~arbon, or plumbago. In ~!1!!111~~~~;
|
||
~ these respects an undulatory current ia curiously different from an inter· ~·~~...,r
|
||
'--~ mittent one. (See par. 2.)
|
||
..,.._. ' - 16. The telephonic effects described above are produced by three :.:-=-llf':..lia.-'.~:~ distinct varieties of currents, which I term respectively intermittent,
|
||
|
||
pulsatory, and undulatory. Intrrmittmt currmt1 are characterized by ~--~...,. -~~"- " the alternate presence and absence or electricity upon the circuit ;
|
||
|
||
~~~j.Fij~ Pulsatory currents result from sudden or instantaneous changes in the
|
||
|
||
intensity of a continuous current ; and undulatory curTmtl are pro- ~·,·..~~'--.0"'!:
|
||
4
|
||
duced by gradual changes in the intensity of a current analogous to
|
||
|
||
a:: · ..--. .-..- 4:'~ the changes in the density of air occasioned by simple pendulous
|
||
|
||
vibrations.
|
||
|
||
'~-
|
||
|
||
......-..-....~.. _,...._~"'--....
|
||
|
||
lar motion which tal~es place in tbe m~011etic core and it armature, under the infiucnce of alternate magnetization an< demagnetization, sufficed to produce ,-ibrations correspondin~ to the velocity of these alternations, and to emit sounds whicl became audible_ when they were magnified by the sounding board.
|
||
|
||
;
|
||
|
||
l
|
||
;
|
||
|
||
\
|
||
|
||
\
|
||
|
||
\ .........
|
||
|
||
··..··...
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
··........... ,·II I I'ILIl''!~I·'i
|
||
|
||
1.1.1: 1.1
|
||
|
||
.It is quite intelligible tl1at the effect obtained in this system
|
||
|
||
might be reproduced, if, instead of contact-breakers or electric
|
||
|
||
rheotomes, mechanical contact-breakers \\'ere used at the send-
|
||
|
||
ing-station, so arranged as to furnish the requisite number of
|
||
|
||
breaks in the current which communicates the vibrations of
|
||
|
||
the different notes of the scale. In this way also it would be
|
||
|
||
possible to dispense with the induction coil, by causing the
|
||
|
||
current which has been broken by the mechanical contact-
|
||
|
||
breaker to react upon the receiver. l!r. Elisha Gray has, more-
|
||
|
||
over, made a different arrangement of this telephonic system,
|
||
|
||
~~~~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
~Jl\
|
||
|
||
..., ..., ..,.-
|
||
i~~~t~r'n~n[shm,hisesihon~s,~o~f w~hdich~w~ees~hapll hspyeafk uprres~enmtly~. ~n~~~e... ct~r~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
·~~ If ''"e may bclic'f'e 1\lr. Elisha Gray, the vibrations transmit-
|
||
ted by the secondary currents would be capable, by the inter- ~~~~~~
|
||
|
||
l"cntion of the human body, of causing the sounds to be re- .
|
||
|
||
,.. produced at a distance by conducting disks, which ,·ibratc readily, and are placed on a sounding-boL In this way musi-
|
||
Jcal sounds may be evoked from. copper cylinders placed upon
|
||
.; a tabl~ from a metallic disk fastened to a kind of ,·iolin, from ~ a membrane stretched on a drum, or from any other resonant ~ substance, Ly _touching any of these objects with one band, ~ while holding the end of the line with the other. These
|
||
|
||
; sounds, of which the quality must 'f'ary with the substance
|
||
|
||
~ touched, would r<'produce the transmitted note with the pre- ,_~~;::;;o,_._,-:-:
|
||
|
||
~ cise number of vibrations which belong to it.' ~ .Mr. Varley'3 Teleph07te.-This is, strictly speaking, merely
|
||
Ja musical telephone of the same kind as that of :)Ir. Gray, but
|
||
|
||
~.:,~,.~~-,_..
|
||
|
||
:~ the arrangement of the receiver is original and interesting.
|
||
J Thi~ part of the instrument essentially consists of a drum of
|
||
|
||
large size (three or four feet in diameter), within which is a
|
||
|
||
condenser formed of four sheets of tin-foil, dh·ided by sheets .tile stze of the drum. The plates of the condenser are placet
|
||
|
||
of some insulating matcriul, and with a surface of about half parallel to the membranes of the drum, and very little remove(
|
||
|
||
from its surface.
|
||
|
||
.. ' llr. Gra~·, in an article in~crted in the Teleurapltcr of October 7th, 1876, If an electric chame is communicated to one of the series oJ
|
||
|
||
1· enters into full details or this mode of transmitting sounds by the tissues ~ conductinrr plates o/'the condenser those which correspond tc
|
||
|
||
of the human body, and he gi\"CS the foJlo,\"ing as the conditions in which : •
|
||
|
||
=' d, d. if h
|
||
|
||
' bl h _ · I
|
||
|
||
I.t must be p1act_.-_us to obtam• a ,,.avornble resuIt :
|
||
|
||
• It• are attracte • an •t e•v were mov.a e t ey mtg 1t C.f'mmn·
|
||
|
||
:~ 1. The electricity must be of a high tension, in order to ha""e an effect mcate to the mtervemng strata of a1r a mo,•ement which, Otl
|
||
|
||
~ perceptible to the ea.r.
|
||
|
||
reaching the membranes of the dn1m, migl1t, by a series oi
|
||
|
||
~ 2. 'fhe ~uusrance employed to touch the metallic plate must be soft, charges in rapid succession, cause the membranes to l"ibratl•,
|
||
|
||
' i ·•
|
||
|
||
fintctxeirhploes, eanad5laigghotordesci:o:intadnuccet,onre, inthpertototohegrep.aotinntoroftocoo!n~t·m.at.lclt.: it
|
||
3. The disk and the hand, or any other tt:;sue, must not only
|
||
|
||
must .
|
||
he m
|
||
|
||
then con·
|
||
|
||
!~•
|
||
|
||
and th e
|
||
•
|
||
|
||
thus produce sounds: these sounds would corre!poud to
|
||
|
||
num ber
|
||
|
||
o f
|
||
|
||
cbaJ•o:::::o~ es
|
||
|
||
an d
|
||
•
|
||
|
||
d.l:)Char!;::!, es
|
||
|
||
w1u·ch
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
h a d
|
||
|
||
occurred.
|
||
|
||
J·• tact, bnt the contact mu:~t result frotn rubbing or gliding o\"cr the sut·face. J Smce these charges and discharges are determmed by ~~ con-
|
||
|
||
l 4. The parts in (.'Onta.ct must lJc ~.h·y, so as to maiutain the required de- tact of the two plates of the condenser~. at the extremities of
|
||
|
||
1
|
||
|
||
of resistance.
|
||
|
||
i the secondary circuit of an induction coil, of which the primary
|
||
|
||
1~ ~~~~~!~~~~~~~~
|
||
|
||
circuit has been duly to cause the drum to
|
||
|
||
broken, it emit ·any
|
||
|
||
becomes e\·1dcnt that, in order given sound, it will be enough
|
||
|
||
,..~--~-- to produc~ the number of ,-ibrations in the contact-brec1ker of
|
||
~~!!~~(;!iij the induction coil which are required for this sound.
|
||
|
||
The means employed by Mr. Varley to produce these inter-
|
||
|
||
__.,.._... mptions are tbc same which are in use in se,·eral electrical in-
|
||
|
||
!!I!!~S strumcnts, and especially in chronographs-an electro-magnetic
|
||
|
||
tuning-fork, reguh1tcd so as to emit the sound required. This
|
||
|
||
tuning-foi·k may, by acting as contact-breaker, r~nct on the pri-
|
||
|
||
mary current of the induction coil; if the number of the tun-
|
||
|
||
ing-forks equals tbnt of the mu~ical notes which arc to be trans-
|
||
|
||
mitted, and if the electro-magnets which set them in motion·
|
||
|
||
are connected with the key-board of a piano, it would be possi-,
|
||
|
||
ble to transmit a melody to a distance by this system, as well;
|
||
|
||
a.'l by that of lll-. Elisha Gt·ay.
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
The peculiarity of this system consists in the reproduction~ of sounds by the action of a ~ouden~cr; and we shall presently 'j
|
||
sec that this idl'a, adopted Ly ~lcssrs. Pollal'd and Garnier, leu~
|
||
|
||
to interesting results.
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
.,. ~-~....~~- Sin!Jing CondeJZser nf .~.J/JI. Pollard and Ga1·nier.-Thi~ in-J
|
||
|
||
.v.-..:,...'fl....~...
|
||
|
||
:-~~.' tention
|
||
|
||
in
|
||
|
||
asto London some
|
||
|
||
time
|
||
|
||
ago.
|
||
|
||
It is difficult to say why
|
||
|
||
-its. fame "·as not greater, since much attention has been be-
|
||
|
||
{stowed on less curious instruments. It is a fact that we have
|
||
|
||
.a...~ been able, thanks to M~f. Pollard and Garnier, to hear son~
|
||
|
||
·'1".. issue from a sort of copybook, so as to become audible through-~ out the room. The songs thus reproduced are certainly not
|
||
|
||
t·Jil always perfectly true; yet when the person who siugs into the
|
||
ej~ sender is a musician, and understands how to make nse of it, "'~~~..
|
||
·-.f; the condenser in question will emit sounds sotnewhat resem-
|
||
flo·;;,.~~ bling those of the l'ioloncello or the hautbois. The singing instntment consists· of a condenser, K, formed
|
||
|
||
-:_;:of thirty sheets of paper, laid one o\·er the other, from nine to
|
||
~~ thirteen centimetres in thickness: between these, tl'·enty-eight ~..... sheets of tin-foil, ft·om six to t'l"eh·e centimetres thick, are in--..:....:,.-,=...-.
|
||
,. ~ tercalated, so joined as to form the two plates of the condenser.
|
||
"1J. For this purpose the pair sheets arc joined together at one end
|
||
|
||
.l of tbc copybook, and the odd sheets at the other end. This
|
||
~ system is fnstcncd to a stiff r.arton, after taking care to bind it
|
||
¥· with a strip of paper, and the sheets of tin-foil are joined to
|
||
~the two ends of the condenser by two copper rims, D, D, which ~!J~~~~~C~~
|
||
|
||
e'~ at·e pro,•idcd with terminals for the cit·cuit wire, and in this. way the singing instn1ment is constructed. A somewhat heavy :of a watch-spring), placed across this piece of wood gives it ~
|
||
|
||
~weight, placed upon the condenser to compress the sheets, docs 'certain elasticity beneath the pressure, and this elasticity is nee·
|
||
|
||
'l'(" not in any way prevent_ it from working; and this ,·itiates tbe essary in order that the instrument may act properly, and i1
|
||
|
||
~~~ theory first put forward to explain its effects, that the sheets thus becomes a sort of microphone with a diaphragm.
|
||
|
||
~> were moved bv attraction.
|
||
|
||
-
|
||
|
||
,·-;-~-~outTla1ehasnendldei,nEg,ionfstwrulJmicehntthceo,n·sibisrtastionfg
|
||
|
||
a sort of t.elepbone "·ith-: disk is formed of a very_!.
|
||
|
||
~:,A thin plate of tin. A cylindrical piece of carbon, C, is fastened
|
||
|
||
.~:to its centre, and is supported by another cylinder of the same·
|
||
|
||
~~material, H. This rests on a transverse piece of "·ood, A B, ,
|
||
|
||
E ~~~~~
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
_jointed on the side A, on the edge opposite to tbe box, by·
|
||
..... ~means of a regniating screw, V. An arched spring, R (the end
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
.FtG. :S.
|
||
Tbe tin plate is put into communication with one pole of a battery, P, of six Leclanclu~ cells, and the lo,ver carbon cylinder, II, corresponds to the primary l1elix of an induction coil, M, previously connected with the second pole of the battery. Fi-
|
||
. . nally, tbe two extremities of the secondary helix of the coil, a
|
||
and b, arc in immediate connection with the two plates, D, D',
|
||
of the condenser. ~..-:~·~-81
|
||
|
||
~~.,...,_· .. ~
|
||
|
||
Before considering Belrs telephone, fications which ba,·e been applied to it,
|
||
|
||
and the it seems
|
||
|
||
different modiworth while, in
|
||
|
||
' order to make the reader perfectly familiar with these kinds ~;:-io,~~~~~~a..
|
||
|
||
,. of instruments, to study the electro-musical telephones wl1ich
|
||
· precede~ _i~.and especially tl1at of l!. Reiss, which was made in 1860,-~d became the starting-point of all the others. '\Ye
|
||
|
||
shall find that these instruruerib hal"e very important appli-
|
||
|
||
cations, and that telegraphy will probahly be one day much
|
||
|
||
ad\"anced by their use.
|
||
|
||
llt'SIC.-\L TELEPIIOXES.
|
||
Telephone of Jf. Reiss.-This telephone is, as far as the re-
|
||
production of sound is concerned, based upon Mr. Page's dis- ~-'...._~.. -.....,.~,.....~~....... coveries in 1837' and, as regards electric transmission, it is ~lli~~~g~~~~~ based on the '·ibrating membrane o~ wl1ich ·2\lr. L Scott made usc in his phonmitogrnph, in 1855. This instrument is composed, like telegraphic systems, of t\vo distinct parts, a sender and a receiver, as represented in l'ig. 1.
|
||
The sender '\\"as \'irtually composed of a sounding-box, K,
|
||
ba,·ing on its upper surface a large circular opening, across it might then react upon the mcmbrnne. Part of the box E which a memhrnne was strctcl1cd, and in its centre there wns is broken away in the plate, in o1·dcr that the different p~u1:s o: fitted a thin disk of platinum, o, above "·hich a metallic point, wl1ich it is made may be seen. c, was fixed, and this, together with the disk, constitnted the contact-breaker. On one face of the sounding-box K there
|
||
~ sort of speaking-tube, for the purpose of collecting the it to the interior of the box, in order that
|
||
|
||
The rods a, c, wllich support the plntinnm point b, m·e in
|
||
|
||
~~~~~~~metallic contact with a Mot·se key, t, placed on tlJc side of the
|
||
|
||
iii
|
||
~~;~;ga
|
||
|
||
box K, and with graphic systc·m,
|
||
|
||
an electro-magnet, A, which intended to exch:mgc the
|
||
|
||
Lclon~ signals
|
||
|
||
to a tclerequir·l·d
|
||
|
||
to start the action of the two instruments at tl1eir rcspectin!
|
||
|
||
stations.
|
||
|
||
The receh·cr consists of a sounding· box, D, on w11ich rc:'!t
|
||
|
||
two suppo11:s, d, cl, bcm·i11g an iron rod of the thickness of a
|
||
|
||
knitting-needle. .An induction coil of in~n1ntctl wil'c, g, is
|
||
|
||
wound round this rou, auu the whoJc i~ cnch>scu by the lid n,
|
||
|
||
which concentrate:"; the sound ah·cnuy increased by the.
|
||
&dii!JEI2:
|
||
|
||
~--~"SsC ,.., .• ~=·ZG?r~-,._'('~···iin•cl!iZ•IIIWi•ihiliiii~.&M
|
||
|
||
ELECTRICAL EXPERIMENTER
|
||
|
||
April.
|
||
|
||
THE PH·Y § ~- 0 P lHI 0 N E
|
||
|
||
WHEX I was sixteen I secured an old-fashioned Pathc phono~o:raph uf the cylindrkal rt-cnrcl t)'Jie. \'ou know the kind that was in
|
||
|
||
st·rit•s with till" 6-vult "'"ra~o:t~ l~>lltt'r\' aud the 11rinmry nf :.n ituluctinn cnil )U~h a .. is used in tdl'phom.• wurk.
|
||
The writl'r ust·d ;a n·..:ulatiun !ouund hux
|
||
|
||
•lia-~ mfr;•m·dtt:l1l1l1i1(1a~tl
|
||
|
||
l!~cl·ll"11l1'"1'""~i:nunm·
|
||
|
||
of ""
|
||
|
||
tlu· lh•·
|
||
|
||
l"arhun unc• fur
|
||
|
||
tht•
|
||
|
||
· '
|
||
|
||
tmiiutn·a~·•loiai.frt:huln' . tlhICnIIIoU~tTl'w.&IrJhwuJlrl•ttJ•.f.i.Jt•th•1·1111,!ot·jJ,J~ ,.rt:a. ·~.
|
||
|
||
\'ogue yt-ars a(:o. Being much in- mer~ly hy makinJ: a rnicruJ•hun•· uut of it ioaithf11lly tmst untu tilt' c:arl"on tliair:un,
|
||
|
||
in el~tricity in those days, th.e thou.:ht occurred to me, tlu· same as tl
|
||
occurred to thousands o( others, namely,
|
||
|
||
and suhstitutinJ: a c:ariN•n tliafrarn fur the tnic:a cliafram. The sp:&C:l" ln·twt·l"n tlw hack carbon and the orhcHt cliafr:un is
|
||
|
||
thl" same as i~ th.- C:l!iC with tlw mica t~ ,,... ·
|
||
|
||
m.... :mel
|
||
|
||
lh twu
|
||
|
||
<ha<minlnln'c~<oa; r.e. .
|
||
|
||
.....
|
||
nmv
|
||
|
||
<nr.rt·ol,. atr:adtt•tl
|
||
|
||
m, .. ,,. tu tht•
|
||
|
||
~.:
|
||
·,
|
||
|
||
--·~L· why not transmit the music electrically by filled out with polisht·· c:arllun grains. Tht• )t.·conclary uf th.. incluc:tiun cuil. :mel tlu·..e
|
||
|
||
•
|
||
|
||
putting a sensitive microphone somewhere
|
||
|
||
~r:&s(Jt in yuur hancl!i, thr rhythm uf th~
|
||
|
||
•
|
||
|
||
on the phonograph and thus get the music:
|
||
|
||
mu~ic will IM.· ft·lt f:tithfully a111l witl, ·
|
||
|
||
at a distance. No sooner said than done. An old-
|
||
fashioned Hughes microphone was con-
|
||
structed by means of three little carbon rods. and this tnini:ature microphone was
|
||
|
||
astuni:\hin~oe filll'lit)'. \\"hat w~ clo fed i~ ~
|
||
|
||
:sumul vihration imtntiM·s which
|
||
|
||
transl:ttecl imu t-lc·ctril·:tl
|
||
in turn :arc.- felt ph)·siu-
|
||
|
||
....
|
||
|
||
~• ·
|
||
|
||
lu.cic:tlly hy the hum:u1 ncnc•s. ·It is :r;ue- J#
|
||
|
||
Jlri..iiiJC huw well this translah'cl music i"~
|
||
|
||
:ttt:ached to the sound hox. The micro•
|
||
|
||
c:unununicatcd tu tht- n..rvuu.. !i)"strrn uf the
|
||
|
||
·
|
||
|
||
phone was ifl series with :a battery and tht" primary of an ordinary telephone in-
|
||
duction coil. The music transmission was t•xcdlcnt and phonograph music was trans-
|
||
|
||
human r,~in.:, :uul with a littlc• practisr it hecumc•" Jlct!l!aillle tu rrcu..:nizt" the clifTc•rent
|
||
|
||
A .
|
||
|
||
tunc!l nwrt·ly lty tht- vari:atiun:t u{ the: little· .-~.';of
|
||
|
||
tin~elin..: »ltc~t·ks.
|
||
|
||
~A.~
|
||
|
||
mitted O\:er a distance of three hundred y:mls on my father's estate. These experi-
|
||
|
||
ju~ItJiftfhrrrrnnt llrwt-c:uUrcnl!iitt-Wcl t'r!t'·tattriec<.~-cl
|
||
|
||
in I'Jl7, entc.-rt·rl
|
||
|
||
hut intu
|
||
|
||
i-
|
||
\ ~
|
||
|
||
'C' · ,•
|
||
|
||
ments c:re:ttcd quite a sensation in those rla~·s, :ancl my friends. all elec-
|
||
|
||
the w:ar, ancl tht• eXttcorimrnt~ c:une tu ;a , ~ suddrn t"ttd. Hrn·ntly, huwe\·t•r, ~·~
|
||
|
||
trical "'hugs," were much elated and pl~alied with the stunt.
|
||
One e\·eninJ: I accidentally tom:ht>d the two wires of the
|
||
set:tmdary :e-rrninals of the tt-le-
|
||
phont> cuil and wa!l quite !'ttr· ,,ri:-t•d tu J:l't ;a smart and di~-
|
||
|
||
MICRO PHON!!
|
||
\
|
||
|
||
they thr
|
||
|
||
fuwllt-urwcin~to:eak'r"t'•'•m"l't'-..:aschanins,r
|
||
|
||
with m····
|
||
|
||
,""t:. -~•
|
||
|
||
tllt'lll!l wrrc rn:uJ.. on the tni('ru- ~
|
||
2 11hunC' :anti. :a 5:rt·ut m:any nrw ~
|
||
t)'JlC'" wt'rt' trit"tl nut, hecursc the ........ ~
|
||
4 uritcin:.l lytle- •·:a-. ""' cntirt·ly
|
||
~:att"'f:actur)·. l~tcr c.xperirnl'tlh,
|
||
|
||
3Krecahlt• shock. That was in
|
||
|
||
hnwevc.-r, pru\·r•l tu mt- th:u tlw
|
||
|
||
}CJ(MI. The early experimt•nts
|
||
|
||
1'117 tyl''" in t~tincir,le w:u prul•·
|
||
|
||
wt·rt· •oon fun:uttt·n. hut in I9li, whilt· l·tliti;,~ an artidt• in
|
||
|
||
:thh· thC' lll":\1 lh:tl c:uultl he pru· rht~rcl. Frunt ~umr trn ••r tw•·h·r•
|
||
|
||
thi' magazinc. when· a young
|
||
|
||
l)"Jit''l which wt·rr t'\·nl\"rcl "·'· mr•
|
||
|
||
man h:ad n·-disco' ,·n·tl tht• an-
|
||
|
||
tht'n, a fC'w arc shuwn here.
|
||
|
||
cient l"Xpt·rimcnt. I thuu..:ht of
|
||
|
||
~l;my diiTl"rt•nt rt·cur•h •c·rr·
|
||
|
||
that ~huck. and I muler.;tuucl im-
|
||
|
||
trit'cl, and it "rt'll11"«1 In llr rraclil)'
|
||
|
||
nwdiatdy what that shut.·k really I accurdin~h· llt"t tu wnrk
|
||
and imrnt·diatt•h· ·built a ne-w ·tr:m~mittt·r whi(h wa... attached
|
||
-~---•.~... tu a \'ictur ph•>~to~o:raph suun•l
|
||
|
||
C!" t :\hI i 5 hI th;at the• · rlifTrrrnt
|
||
tuneJ. the diiTrrl"nt tntl\it::&l in· strurnt.'nts, :a• w«"ll :a" vuic·r•. could bt.' rt':ulih· tliiTt"rrntiatr•l phy!iolo~~:ic:all~· fc.;l/trtlff listc·•tilfr/
|
||
|
||
hux. :uul whidt ili shuwn in Fi..:. 4. The cumwctinns arc: ~hown frum which it will he
|
||
st•en that the microphone is in
|
||
|
||
Mr. Cerntbaclc Oomonttratlna the Pltytfopltone. The Photoaraph Showa How tho lnotrumonte Aro Connected. By Moana of tho Double Polo Switch, tho Muolc lo Aoproducod by a Loud Taltcor,
|
||
Thon tho Switch 11 Thrown, and Phyelologlcaf Muelc 11 Had.
|
||
|
||
tJI nil In lite• ""'-'it.
|
||
|
||
ht-:.ri
|
||
|
||
!'nmul
|
||
|
||
withuut
|
||
|
||
r.~ ~·~\
|
||
\' 11•\11,'~• 1 In Ulher· Wuoole
|
||
|
||
r1 E1l e •
|
||
|
||
o
|
||
|
||
o
|
||
|
||
Mus1c.aA~~L<r~~~~.:~~HJ~<~ioel~c~-~t.r~:~.qr.z~Walainlltn~iK•on t~li While our April issul',
|
||
article by .Mr. H. Gemsback...The
|
||
phone.. was still on the press, we th~ followi111 article fr01n our l,aris respc,lldrnt, ~lr. Jacques Boyt'r. It ap
|
||
11 th:at Air. Charles Henry, IJirector u
|
||
|
||
m~nts furni~ht's ~~r~·i~. whic:h
|
||
|
||
,,,.,,;..
|
||
|
||
"' tlw rhythm ami
|
||
|
||
a t•nnstant C"lt·ctru• ,·umJH&rl'tl it with tht< J•h)'!l&ulutc•cal t"ftt"ch
|
||
|
||
moth·tt furft". As a sunuruu~ :~onrrt" h~ nl•tauu·d lty rl«trifyin~e hi~ snltjrc.'l5 loy
|
||
|
||
•
|
||
|
||
•
|
||
|
||
U5t·~ :m old-fashioned rnuo~i(' lome which can •m·ans u( altC"rnatin.: <"urr,·nl5. Thrst" ht· · ~- ~·
|
||
|
||
ht> nnticetl :at
|
||
|
||
a•rtlllun:cl ,,, lnt"lllts uf il sirt•n l•lacrd in
|
||
|
||
the.• ft"t"t of
|
||
|
||
frunt uf :1 mic.·ru1•hont>. ') ht" currrnt, uf
|
||
|
||
l.ahoratory uf Physiology has
|
||
|
||
tht> HJM.•rntur
|
||
|
||
c.·uuur, wall ste1•1wd up hy rnttan:~ uf a small
|
||
|
||
·
|
||
|
||
alonK the sarne lint! as Mr. •;.,.,.n·•h••.-11· ~'
|
||
|
||
in our illu!'-
|
||
|
||
imhtt·tiun ruil.
|
||
|
||
·
|
||
|
||
discovt-rt'd the idrntical phenomt<non
|
||
|
||
tration. Such
|
||
|
||
In furtht"ranc:c: uf his experhnrnts, Mr. :
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
pende11tly. It should be noted in Boytr's article, that Mr. Charlc!l Hf'ttry ·
|
||
dt-ntly ha11 not come to the c:nncha5ion the apparatus can he used to trnnsrnit
|
||
physiolo"ically to the draf. Jn virw of extraordmary c:u-incidence, our readers
|
||
|
||
a machine - rnns for
|
||
a ho u t 20 minute!'. The t nne is changed
|
||
|
||
· lll'nry 1•lact"d a -1 cariMm Hutches micru·
|
||
|
||
... ~~~
|
||
|
||
1•hctt1t' on the resonant sic INt:oc. anti connectrei
|
||
|
||
chaml~r of thr nmthe micro11hune v.·ith
|
||
|
||
:.,..'.=.~~~~4·
|
||
|
||
re: the h:lllt'r,Y un one aide, the othrr end .:oinK
|
||
tu tht> l•r&mary uf a little trlc-phone indue.·tiun coil, the otlu~r wire rrturnrd to the
|
||
|
||
·- .'~' \' 1..~..>..~~\~<"""'
|
||
|
||
no doubt he inttrestc.-d in the article.
|
||
|
||
s i m p I y by chan~eing a
|
||
|
||
ba·talrhrey.t>ltctrization cunrnt was taktn ofT
|
||
|
||
-• ~
|
||
|
||
MR. CHAI~LES HENRY Director
|
||
|
||
tShete~!'aLtaiobnosratoorry
|
||
|
||
for
|
||
th~ Sorbonnco.
|
||
|
||
mttal di!lt', which latter
|
||
|
||
frntta tht! accunclary terminalt br mran• uf two wins, and the rl'aulatiun electrn·
|
||
thl'raprutic h:andlc-s or spontctl as
|
||
|
||
Paris, has ill\'etlh.-d a ntt\·el means
|
||
|
||
Ult'Cl ordinarilr were then connl"ctl"d.
|
||
|
||
which he hmns mNsiral t'lutri.:11liu11
|
||
|
||
1\ rheo!ltat plat'td in circuit with the
|
||
|
||
and which he claims will ·lind tbera•
|
||
|
||
anicrr•1ll1mtl' R'IJUiated thl' intt'nsity uf
|
||
|
||
peutic us~s. Our readl•rs no doubt
|
||
|
||
tht- 1•rianary current.
|
||
|
||
knuw &hat the ct'AriiOII\':tl altl'rn:ttinJ:
|
||
|
||
The vihratiuna from the nticro-
|
||
|
||
!'inusoitlal currents are vrry much
|
||
|
||
phune itllerrnl•l th\" curR'tlt uf the
|
||
|
||
snpt-rior to the ordinuy faradization
|
||
|
||
wc:ondary, and thr small cuntinnon!l
|
||
|
||
of the ituhl('tiun coil. Furthermore,
|
||
|
||
ahcM'kl recei\'rd hy tht> muacll's nat·
|
||
|
||
!lttch sinusoidal c:urrrnts are much l11~ttc·r suited In the hnrnan systrm, :and
|
||
|
||
urally rf's•rocluce thC' transformed musical auundt, ami out" can rtt:adil)· frd
|
||
|
||
.... not fJrncluc:e JJ:lin nr grcoat con-
|
||
|
||
all the dillt-rt'nt \'lriatioua of the
|
||
|
||
tr:lt'timl!l uf the.· tnn5d,·s.
|
||
|
||
IOtntd.
|
||
|
||
Al~o nftt'r l='uuricr's tht·ory and the
|
||
|
||
In hi• t'llprrimt>nta. Mr. I lrnry ha:~
|
||
|
||
t•:oct•erimt•ntll of \'on lldmhullz, one
|
||
|
||
bn:n alale'tu ronvincc.o hims...•lf that all
|
||
|
||
can cnn!liclt·r t·\·l'n·. mn,.ical !lnund as
|
||
|
||
n£ the nm~itnl JOtmda are tr:ut!'tnillrd
|
||
|
||
z. the snm of •impie simt5eJidal nria·'
|
||
"'!~~~tions whidt are 1, J ..... n tinws
|
||
|
||
t'l«trkally due to the dt'rJ, and rh)·thmit·al t'lrctritatinn of Ins suh-
|
||
|
||
•1
|
||
|
||
It-55 grt·:•t, ami whit:la ('un~titute the
|
||
|
||
i«tJ. TIK" t'lt'Ctriralic"' is naturall)·
|
||
|
||
harmunit'!l of this suuncl. Mr. Hl'nry ·
|
||
|
||
atrulliC or wrak. all dt-ptndintc UttUU
|
||
|
||
thought th:tt ht• cunld uhtain inte-r. rt·suh!l if he cuulcl transfnrm -. ~~1-: curn·nl!l thc5l" har· ~·~ which the human ·in~• ,,,; the !'cn~c.· uf h ~tatiml~ prodnC'e n
|
||
|
||
•a.c· Tranalatloft of Mu•tcal Vlbratlofta tftte
|
||
trtcal On•• for Therapeutical Purpee" Ia Suggeated by a French Inventor Htr• lhowft.
|
||
|
||
the charactt>r of the nmaiC'. Mr. Jlenry alto found that tiK" im..ntity ia Jrrt':tl«'"t -hrn the muaic it loudnt,
|
||
ltut whC'tt the muaicalauuncl• JlU abo''" a cc.-rtain ht'iJrhtla no furthn se~aaation
|
||
'• had, as ltcore tht' currmta probably
|
||
|
||
ly \':aricd iullut•nc.·c.·
|
||
|
||
ha~ o;umll tnC"t:.llic prni«timtt un tht' r~·
|
||
|
||
10 rapid that tht'y rannol be (ell
|
||
|
||
ri~$-:t·cl •imJ•I~ UJ) :a
|
||
|
||
\'t"r~t· ~it It•, :uul "hit·h in turn t'tii'"K~ lillie r•runJ:~ uf :a slrt•l h:ar1•: thu,, ah·in1 rise tu
|
||
|
||
lonr.-r phyaluloakally. r. <.:harln Henry altu think• that thit
|
||
|
||
n in lht• iflu,.tr:a.; &he.· musk.
|
||
|
||
I inttntmrttt will reiMlt'r areal arr·
|
||
|
||
he Ul'~tl Mr. C'h:arlr•
|
||
|
||
paychiC' .mnlitine.
|
||
|
||
~~~
|
||
|
||
~-.-~ar.~
|
||
|
||
~ ing-box: for this purpose the box is provided with two open-
|
||
|
||
:l~ ings below the coil.
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
|
||
..
|
||
|
||
·. ':..~.
|
||
|
||
The by tl1e
|
||
|
||
circuit is completed two terminals 3 and
|
||
|
||
through 4, and a
|
||
|
||
the primary Morse key, t,
|
||
|
||
of this coil is placed at
|
||
|
||
the side of box B, in order to exchange signals.
|
||
|
||
In order to work this system, the speaking instrument
|
||
|
||
J! . should be placed before the opening T, and this instrument may be a fiutc, a Yiolin, or even tho human voice. The viLra~_--~~~~ tions of air occasioned by these instruments cause the t~lc-
|
||
phonic membrane to Yibrate in unison, and the latter, rap·
|
||
|
||
~.moving tl1e platinum disk o to and from the point 6, causes ~ series of breaks in the current, which arc repeated in the iron;tl:ill ~ wire d d, and transfonned into metallic \"ibrations, of wl1ich ~ the number is equal to ·t11at of the sounds successively pro-
|
||
~., . a· duAcecdc.or mg to th"1s mode of acti.on, tbe poss1"b"1I"1ty of trans-
|
||
. mitting sounds with their relath·e \·alue becomes intelligible ;
|
||
!-1 but it is eqnnlly clear that sounds thus transmitted will not
|
||
·::.- ha,•c the timbre of tl1ose which produce them, sirice the tim-
|
||
|
||
bre is independent of the number of vibration~, and it must
|
||
|
||
be added that the sounds produced by :Y. Reiss's instrument
|
||
|
||
~were as shrill as those of a child's penny tn1mpet, and by no
|
||
|
||
:. means attractive. The problem of transmitting musical sounds
|
||
|
||
~ by electricity was, howe\·er, really solved, and it· can be said
|
||
|
||
' II with trnth that an air or a melody could be heard at any gh·en distance.
|
||
|
||
~~ The in~ention of this telephone dates, as we have seen, from
|
||
|
||
11 ..\' \
|
||
|
||
1860, and Professor Heisler speaks of it in his treatise
|
||
|
||
of tech-
|
||
|
||
nical physics, published at Vienna in 1866 ; he even asserts,
|
||
|
||
in the article which he de,·otes to the subject, that although
|
||
|
||
the instntment was still in its infancy, it was capable of trans-
|
||
|
||
mitting T"ocal melodies, and not merely musical sounds. The
|
||
|
||
..
|
||
|
||
more sonorous, and. to strengthen
|
||
|
||
system "":ts afterw:trd perfected by M. Vander W eydc, who, ! the sounds: produced by the receiver. He writes as follows in
|
||
|
||
after
|
||
|
||
the account blished by M. lleislcr, sought to ~ the .Americall Scientific Journal:
|
||
|
||
~~~~~~~i-~~~~i~f~~~~~~-~~B~I
|
||
|
||
·~~~~f~~
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
"In those I
|
||
|
||
1868 have
|
||
|
||
I caused two described, and
|
||
|
||
telephones to be I exhibited them
|
||
|
||
made, similar at a meeting
|
||
|
||
to of
|
||
|
||
the Polyteclmic Club of the American Institute. The trans-
|
||
~~!;!~~mitted sounds were produced at the farthest extremity of the
|
||
|
||
Cooper Institute, quite outside the hall in which the audience
|
||
|
||
sat: the receiver wa.c; placed on a table in the hall itself. The
|
||
|
||
~~~~ vocal airs were faithfully r~produccd, but the sound was rather
|
||
|
||
weak and nasal. I then tried to improve the instrument, and
|
||
|
||
I first obtained stronger vibrations in the box K by causing
|
||
|
||
~-&; reverberation from the sides of the box,. by mcnns of hollow
|
||
|
||
partitions. I next intensified the sounds produced by the rc-
|
||
|
||
~~~~r... ceiver, by introducing several iron wires into the coil instead
|
||
|
||
..... ""':"--..:=
|
||
|
||
of one. These impro,·cments were submitted to the meeting
|
||
|
||
of the American Association for the Ad,·ancement of Science,
|
||
|
||
which was held in 1869, and it was considered that the inven-
|
||
|
||
tion contained the germ of a new method of telegraphic trans-
|
||
|
||
mission which might lead to important results." This opinion
|
||
|
||
afterward justified by the discoveries of Bell and
|
||
|
||
J 0114 STACIS OF
|
||
NDTt IIACNIIICATI~N
|
||
|
||
A
|
||
|
||
SllllTIF NPU
|
||
|
||
SOME UNUSUAL METHODS OF TELEPHONIC RECEPTION.-In
|
||
lecture to the Wireless Society of London in 1922 (349), the ~~~~Utl1or showed the following methods of rendering wireless ;;;~~~~4~tleleJpllC)ny and signals audible .
|
||
|
||
.~-.~-.."i!J,V~ill
|
||
|
||
Fig. 19a shows two metal handles AA, similar to those
|
||
|
||
-··=--=--···- ~~~&~~~ployed for electro-medical purposes, which are connec_t~d --·-- -."""~,...
|
||
|
||
to the output transformer of a 4-valve note magnifier, and a
|
||
|
||
6o-volt battery is connected in one lead as shown. · If two ~~persons now hold one handle each and place a sheet of thin
|
||
|
||
paper between their heads as indicated they will both be able
|
||
|
||
to hear speech or signals quite clearly.
|
||
|
||
'
|
||
|
||
_,;~~~.:'i.":l~!~. Q..L..!.r..a•,.~;-~~.;4i1P~'~.:t-'~)~Jl~.~-
|
||
|
||
One persot;t alone can hear in the following manne;. Both.
|
||
|
||
~-~-~---·-people hold~handles as before, but one.of the expenmenters
|
||
|
||
~:t.J~~~~ now holds: the
|
||
|
||
of his free hand · the ear of the~~~~~~:~~~~~~~~
|
||
|
||
l'iaall", ••lllaall com:Jude uur euuuwn&&lua lay -•·-·•..•• •
|
||
|
||
ta• llw ctiaiuat&it·... TIM: b&.u,.. ul :::licwc:-ua C".t.ltibih.'llll uabaia·
|
||
|
||
lllftr ..._.trio: .....waaya~~&wah·tl by" IM.'w -·11·1 ul l~ynier
|
||
|
||
llftuuaiiiMuea; )1. li.W:IIC' •lf..:ntll"'l • •.r~u·w ul wullkal
|
||
|
||
IC"WI..,.."= awliau..... &bar dUI't·MI urlly In ol•:t11ii lruua &bu.
|
||
|
||
i....,uutrd bv llr••\drr "' Uae uhi:oili•ou ul 11!111; alll.l Mr.
|
||
|
||
IIUOottit&liC"r't•n-.euh:d a new lnrw u1 1111 npcriu"'"' tlc•t.:d
|
||
|
||
by )lr. Uila.&y. c:uaaialiuiC .., • wlcJtlaouQ: ll"o&DallliMiUII of
|
||
|
||
IIUIIudll •utlaiNe& atw .... uf h'C:I:iYt:na. llr. Ulltaay'• t•at...-rirueat
|
||
|
||
;. ua.U.irrg IJUlllr. Durwud',. rpt"akluJC ""'111lt:11•r wiUruut Ute
|
||
|
||
'-'CIIIdea....r. A gbtuce at t'ig. 1 will ~olauw buw &laiuJCa are ar·
|
||
|
||
•rot•• nua~ rur Uw ttat~Villll!llt. Tlut arar....iUln~e
|
||
|
||
COIH-
|
||
|
||
t••• prt.a dialiact rJrcuia.. Yi&.: (1) uue furAM.-d uf 11'Pile, P,
|
||
|
||
Ql :& or I~......._ or uf 1 or 2 awaall .&za1 IICCU·
|
||
|
||
Faa. L-·UI.\.Git.Ul EXIUBITINCJ KENT FOI' T£LEl•UO.NlC WlTIIOUT ..\ Jt£CEIV£1L
|
||
|
||
mulatona. au Aller mieropb11rrc tra...,.iuer. M. and tbe
|
||
|
||
diH.-&iDK wift uf a ~~WAll iuductiurr e11il. II; aud ('!) lbe
|
||
|
||
formed of &he iuoiiH.ul win: of the <:ull, H,uf a ttilt>, P', '_!.r._-:...;;~~4-~~s:!!\11110 or 12 Leclanc:bc l'it:uaeubl, ami of au- wboau t•.urewil ~~~liljf~~~
|
||
ll'rwia.lu Ill IC. ill lwu unliu•rf ~lc:c:trn·IUt:dtt'l&l ba&rHIII:It.
|
||
|
||
With &hiot llfl'ltllgemelll tl;e cspo:ria.t:ut ttc:rf•artato'fl 111 •• lui-
|
||
|
||
low•: \Yh• lillY uue apt"Mka ur aiu":t iu lr•rlll u1· tho: li'IWII•
|
||
|
||
wilb.'f', T. whilu lWu IM:I'IIttlla. ,\ arrd II. t:I&Cb ba¥iug 1.111e bo&ud ,;luwe:d, ant lacdtliiiJ: lbu l~~&~adh iu lbu Ulllfluwc:-d lt'.lud,
|
||
|
||
it ia uulytK l.'t.-'7 a·ur .\. lu pl;&t:C bi• gluwc.'tl bamltrpolll U'11 to;:...~l~~!l.,u. ur lur &lac llllkr &u-pllll~ .... baud Ufovu .\·.,, ur f·•r ciM:b
|
||
|
||
tu pillc."'t bia baud'"' Uae u&bc:-r'a t:;rr •iw&:!taa..~-uu.-1)·, ill urdu
|
||
|
||
llml .\. ur II. ur A. IUld U aituuhu..ctU.Iy, way br11r· a vui'-"'t i.!otliiiiC fruw lite glu¥c. Urtdl'f' lbt.'.U CtrCUIII~>UUicet, llr.
|
||
|
||
Uiltay•:s VllftC'rllhCUt Jat<Spilli~tt'll like Otm11ucl',. ,,,....Jdu!( c•u••·
|
||
|
||
ck:uwr-&ho baDd ul .\Iliad liM:,..., uf II lao·rt:curaatilllliiiJ: the
|
||
|
||
;.rllllllurv uf J&ll dt:aearulauy C:UIIda:uar:r iu wbieb thu gluve ~"='"
|
||
|
||
f1.1111111otbc n•lt: uf oiit•lrt:tric.
|
||
|
||
UlJUD n•(tl';Uiug lhillt:Xfll.'ritrwuL :&& lbu labuntlury ul tbe
|
||
|
||
~buol of Pltyaic:t '""' ludu,.lrilll l'b,·mi•&ry uf l•ari~<, it I~
|
||
|
||
.......illJ'-..
|
||
|
||
.~-~~~,.,.
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
h....:u four..& lh11l tl11:
|
||
., t1111'16&11nt-d p&&pt:r.
|
||
|
||
~lu¥11
|
||
lu
|
||
|
||
'w" umylll:' n•arhll·e•l hy 11 ~:u:t:l ulaalatu
|
||
|
||
this t=-.w. wln.·u
|
||
|
||
pcnuns;tf1!"
|
||
|
||
..-.~ 11;;.~,~~~o.. •• •
|
||
|
||
buldiag &be IIIWdl-=-, aud irliYe 1lw.ar ,•.,. "l'l'iit:d, uaw apiaat
|
||
|
||
llae otber, ifauht:ri uf IJI&pcr be ilalrrl•""" • airaur wurol• will ltW bardlll pnaet:l:d lln:t·druru. Filllllly, iL b~t~~ l~t:ll fuuud
|
||
|
||
· ..-ibh: t1t11ulin:ly ttUI•t•n:s• tbe ltl•Ja.:r, ur •'io:l,~trie:, ull lu IK."'II' diftl•llf. by •imttl)' iutt•rJ-IUJC lbt: IIUtlitur ur ~audi&un
|
||
|
||
ill &be circ:utL Orac of tbc mu-l e:uric.u.. f••a·m• ufllw l'liiJ'.'f'i-
|
||
|
||
DtvDl i• &be tllte ab&twra iu )'hr. :!. lien· a tbiul IM.'f'IIOU, C. bl'ah tlw I.....Ja uf .\. a11tl II "l"'llk whl'JI " l'ircuil ia ft~rrUt.'ll by_....... uflhu."'t ptohltll._ .\, B, ~tllll (;, lhu lwu lurwcr, A
|
||
|
||
J&lld U, l'ltl:la buldiug uaw uf the wirca of lite carc:uiL I&IMI apo
|
||
|
||
t•lyiult bi.t fn...: bi&Ud tu the t·11r uf C. Allbuugir lbtl capa:n·
|
||
|
||
mcu& •• uuc tbal n'tluin... t:D&iru !oill'u&~. ud I.'UUill aut o•
|
||
|
||
tba& 1&'-'CUUD& lM: I.M:rtunnt.'ll ll& &be labur11tory. a 110rl uf ll'lc:-•
|
||
|
||
l•buuic c:ltuiu ,... lM:
|
||
|
||
lu wbicb dvt: or ais IN:~IiUUa
|
||
|
||
bear tal &lac ..wu
|
||
|
||
\Vhat 1mrpusc: is accnnlJtli!>hl h)' thrar cxprrimenh? Ordinary human IIC'illtf• l'cr· lainly tlo nut ret~uin• the traaulattun uf
|
||
musical im&mlsea into tht'ir ner\'oua aye· tem, /Jut for tJu· dr•1/ ., nut and i,..,.,,rldHI firld la11s l•an ''/'r•ud. llert" wr havr 11 means of trans1<lting music into the rarr· vous s)·stcm uf a dear JU.'fllfJII who h:u nut the 5li!.:htc:!it conrt'ption uf muaic.". Of
|
||
|
||
course:, it should he tHackutoutl ril(ht ht're -··---that I tlu nut mean to conVt')" tht• idea thiit a deaf 1•erson will actu:&ll)· "hrar" tht'
|
||
music. \\'hat he dot'S JCCt, huwnrr, ia the
|
||
rh)·thm, and he ccrtamly KC'h this vr:ry
|
||
clclinitdy as has !Jcen actuallv cJr:rnuu· strated hy tests with dt'af Jlt'r~ons UJiun wtiich the writt'r experimentr:d. It hu ht•t'11 funnel that a deaf pcrsuu can rn•lil)· tnulc:rstand the different musical Jticcr~. aaul C'an ~ven n·cognize tlifferl'nt mu,ical in· ~truml'nls with v~ry little pr;u:tisc.
|
||
|
||
Of course, tht tleaf person IOIUI Jearn
|
||
|
||
tht• sanae as an)' other human hc:inl(, for it
|
||
|
||
i~ :' \Hll-knuwn fad that if a Jlt'U(In
|
||
|
||
lul.tll)· tkaf wc.-re restored his hurinl(, he
|
||
|
||
''"ultl nut ht' ahle to undtrstand what )'Oil
|
||
|
||
-.;1i1l tu h,im for some time to comt'. He
|
||
wuuhl ha\'~ tu lt·arn and 'm.l~e the ~md _.,......__ _,
|
||
|
||
just tlu· !'o:une as a
|
||
|
||
-·, · ,. ..
|
||
|
||
w A'\.~-~~~~~~~...J~.al£"~·k~·
|
||
|
||
S....:~IID~:
|
||
|
||
::'~ ~
|
||
|
||
uuu·bhac-, tho &muH:Jc" of unr zarm• a~r•• uuaclt! lu uiiJrtllt' Ill :a rnh• cua·rc.. puudinJ: tu ah" naukiu;: lllllll•t't•ukin;: uf tlw 1·•·iumry .-in·uia.
|
||
Nu\\' th" tlauu~l&l. ..ca·uc:k nm thul if we &.·cmltl uual-.c• 11..- .ti•·•·,·t :ami
|
||
|
||
6'
|
||
r· ·
|
||
|
||
. r,,,.,.r.,..•d intlut.•t••l iUI(IUI1'>4•M "'"'"'toctf•lau• awutla.·a· ,.·,.. u•;:ulariJ :a:; llac
|
||
Cl"l'2>h• &amlch•l'tt'~Wtiuu,.. uf WU\"t•,., tJwn 1&11 t•ft•t•lruch• IIJ•f'lie·ef let tfll' &·ar
|
||
|
||
lfU 1116 au in•luc'~ a vil.uat iun iu the uuoeularallt~ ty nap. ...J,,,,f,/ ,.,.,.ule
|
||
|
||
ll•r "'""'"''''u1• Iff IICIIIIIIL 1ritl.u11l ll•tJ 11i•l ·,4· UII!J iJtl~l'lucdit~l,. (lppa-
|
||
|
||
rulu~t.
|
||
1 luu•e haul 1111 inalrUIUt!lll nuulo aa~a,l tht! c~pt.·riuu.·ur l'ct•ua:, ;&
|
||
|
||
MUCC..'\.'ItJ'i,
|
||
- A uumlaer .~.· pcrlai:UIC"Ut IIUIJ:III'la \\tCrU "a·r:augt!ll upuu II cy Jj nucr'
|
||
which "'''-" rc\·ulvt•d in fruut ot clucta·o-mu~ut:l:,.
|
||
( .':it:t! illfl~ruliu11.] _:
|
||
-------------------·-·
|
||
|
||
Ou lillin;: nay cur,. wiah "''lf•~r utul applyiu;: Ihe wia·t•s ( raa·uh•t·IPtl o( &.·mar:.t•) aut in lbt• &lin~r:uu. r& ,.ult. auu"ical uulc \\'u:oo lll':anl. 'l'lac
|
||
|
||
wuuucl ,.lut•ltt"tllltu muuu•ut lim t•h•clrit·al t•ia·t•uit '''"" larulit•u. Thl.' wia·t•~t t'IUJtluyt•tl •u:rt• \'t•ry :ohue·t, l'Mt lluat tlau uui~c of IIll' rut-. I iu~
|
||
|
||
t'Y liuclca· ( t'Uthhu·tt·d lllt•t·h:auit·ully ;alull;! tlu: \\ ia c) nlmu,.l tl ru wawtl
|
||
|
||
Uu~ mu..it·nl au•l«!. Tlac l:al tt·r rhu~ ;•pp•·:• n·el li lit! :ua ot·,.,·-tmu·.
|
||
'1'\\·u l:ulit•:t whu \\'t•a·t~ f'l"l·N·UI /OOUIH&~ill•·•l lu llw t•xru·riaue·ul ancl
|
||
lwna·cl tlat.• au•h• ••~ •·l,•urly u~ I clicl. A ;!t•ullt·m:au, lau\\···n·a· ( wlw ccaulcl uut tli:.tiu;:ui~tla u\·cr·tuuc:oo iu auu:-it.·), lwurtl nutlaia•;: murc tluua thu ,,,.,:.,~.
|
||
|
||
I \\'IIIII yuur cu-upt·a·ut.icm. t'au \\'C nr·rnll:,!«' f~·•· 11 nwc•l in:,: cut ~al
|
||
|
||
urciJay uaua·uiuJ: :tl yuur a·uuua:.? 1 ;am nuxiuua lu :ott·c tlw n·"'uh:oo uf
|
||
|
||
your cxpca·imcul!".
|
||
|
||
Yuua·~ roiuccrcly,
|
||
|
||
A. GUA.II.\ll lh:LL.
|
||
|
||
Dt:.\U 1,.u•.\ ..uiD )J.ua.\ :
|
||
|
||
I am ao iamucr:se'l in tclt!gruplay aand 8<:icru:o tlmt. I tintl it impo::J- •
|
||
|
||
atihlo tu write frt.~ly al•out nuytlaiug el:w, hut I fed thut ut the
|
||
|
||
.-_._...-._.pnsM~Ut limtt you c:m ~'~u·ccly hu iudiuotl to lialcu to auything l hllVU
|
||
|
||
~!1~...~=~~~
|
||
|
||
up lu ,_uy uaa 1'4Ucla aultjt•dl'4. Since I ;.:uvu pa·o(c:ooo..iuual wua·li atul clcvc.tctl my.~o~clf cxclu.,h·cly
|
||
|
||
tu h:lc;:r:aphy, I lua\·u hct•n :oilt::ulily ~uiuin~ lwallh :aaul :oola't•u;.;tla, auc.l
|
||
|
||
am· uuw in a lit ttlu&u tu t:lu-uuulcr llr. f.i r:ay m· :anyuew ··l~c. The
|
||
|
||
Jzatcaah t.h:tl lu&Vu hmm ;:nuelctl tu nus withuut uppu..itiuu arc,-
|
||
ur lrot. Tht! priuciplu cunvurtiug II vihrutua-y uwtiuu intu ll pcr-
|
||
|
||
JU:atwut nuakc ur lirt•uk uf u 'luc:&l circuit.
|
||
|
||
·
|
||
|
||
=!wl. Thu :ott~Cci"l t(,rm uf .. vilmatoa·y circuit IJa·eal\t•r,. put iu
|
||
|
||
illu:olmtiuu.
|
||
:srtl. Thu rautu;:r:apb h•lt•;:mph.
|
||
|
||
Tlm uutu;!n&ph arr:au::mawut i~ napi•ll.)' Uf'l"'uadaiu.:: cuuapll'li••n.
|
||
|
||
ln.~•a•ly 1 c:au ,·upy hauclwl"itiug 'JitilP. le!JiUy, llwu;.:h 111•l ,ret awaaly.
|
||
|
||
mh: uf tr:auamiMiuu hy Ull":uas uf my iu.,ll·uuwul will lm t·~a\'lly
|
||
|
||
tiuu-:t uwru r:apitl lh:m .. H:aktm·.~ll'" .\ulu~a·apla '1\·h·;_:l':aph,'' in
|
||
wlaida tla" rule j,. :UHt lullt~ra per miuul•·. \\'Ill' u :sooo lt·lt•~r... pt·r
|
||
|
||
uaiaf'&IJ! 4;:&u .1-.;•.:-uuJ, IUJ h·J~raaJ~I \~·ill_l_~ tiau uau:ooL _rttj~it! a~ we•ll a:t
|
||
|
||
._........,.~•..._tbu. 56 I~
|
||
|
||
TU.\~.Slll~riliJ~ o.~ l'OIU~.\L.'i \\Tl'IIOl:'r A Jc~T'l't:la.
|
||
|
||
~~~~~
|
||
|
||
ur 'l'\\"U thin ttla-ip" leraro:i ( .\ l&llll U) :aro CUIIIU't:lctl with u... wirt~!'l ~~~IZ~)/tlft..:~~. .;.;J
|
||
|
||
cumiu~ frum my 'J'mu:otmiuiu;_! lu..&a·uu~t..•ut, '1', runl frum tlw Balt••ry. ~~~~~..'!"J·,.~~~~~~~
|
||
|
||
nOu l_wl•liu;.;- A tu uay t•au· I hcaar uullaiu;,!. l.ut the tuuuwul tla:.ll l tuut·h
|
||
|
||
:! \\'lth auy till;,!t!l" II IUU:o.it·u.l uulu ia lw;anl lu Pl'llt.'l'l:tl frum A
|
||
|
||
:::;...r-·~~-~;M;;
|
||
|
||
'l"ruly. tho muru I ;:.lucly t•lcl"l.-it·iry llllll uaa.:.:ut·li:-ua alw lllttl'•~ I f,.,., ~r..••
|
||
|
||
• the ta·uah uf ll:u.ul,·a·,. :oouyiu;:... Tlat·n· Ul'l' llllll'l~ alaiu:,::./' t•h·.
|
||
|
||
I l ft•ua· thnt rl,i~t h·lt·;.:mpltic hu:,iut·:-~ r lUll fttl'Ct' llW tu n·maiu tlu~ J:'l"t•uh·r J"u·tiu~a uf' tlw •uuuuu-a· hel'l'• lmt i cuuuut tt·ll .\el, ~o IU&tll.)'
|
||
l!t.·tail~ h:a\"c tu lk.• Wul'kt·cl uut. lly i&U'X(It'l'lt!llt't! iu ~uda na:alh·r~ j.,
|
||
|
||
, u. r:rc;at •le·:a\\·h:u·li. llcH\'t!\'••a·, lltH':-t• t'UlllJIIl'l''-''l hi~ ,.,,.,:aa·il·al tlitli-
|
||
|
||
. c~lltca rthhou;:la he \\'UI't uul.' :a. puiutcr, uml 1 lluu't iull·utl lu ~i\·1: iu
|
||
|
||
, ,ceclacr. till ull. i:ot cumi'IHlt•tl.
|
||
\r it Ia tl~:ll' Ju \'«..•.
|
||
|
||
Yr ultcdiuuutc IWU,
|
||
|
||
Whea President Garfield lay dying, shot by an assassin's bullet. Bell invented a special electrical circuit which would make a click in a telephone when a probe was brought near the imbedded bullet which had to be removed. The nation waited breathlessly while he made his experiments in vain.
|
||
|
||
~
|
||
|
||
.·
|
||
|
||
---·-·-------·------1t:titl1-
|
||
|
||
On a sheet of paper found among his effects
|
||
|
||
after his death, Elisha Gray had penned the follow-
|
||
|
||
ing note: 'The history of the telephone will never
|
||
|
||
be fully written; it is partly hidden away in twenty
|
||
|
||
or thirty thousand pages of testimony and partly ly·
|
||
|
||
ing on the hearts and consciences of a few whose ~~!'<~~..._..,_,._..~):~~~~~
|
||
|
||
lips are sealed - some in death. and others by a
|
||
|
||
-.-.~-·-
|
||
|
||
golden clasp whose grip is even tighter. ··
|
||
|